Upload
infomedia18
View
351
Download
5
Tags:
Embed Size (px)
DESCRIPTION
‘SEARCH’, India’s leading B2B magazine on general engineering and manufacturing, is aimed to equip its readers with latest business trends, news, views and insights. A ready-reckoner for all techno-commercial information, it is a sumptuous source of business trends and growth opportunities. Encompassing all the segments of manufacturing along with sourcing solutions, this monthly presentation is a unique platform for SMEs as well. With multitude of dedicated readers patronising this flagship magazine, launched in 1998, SEARCH has retained the leadership position in its domain
Citation preview
Search September 2012 Ad Name: L&T ltd Pg. 3
Search September 2012 Ad Name: Precihole Pg. 4
Search September 2012 Ad Name: GW ltd Pg. 5
Search September 2012 Ad Name: Power build Pg. 6
ome facts: World Bank predicts that mining is poised to expand considerably over the next 20–30 years. India produces as many as 86 minerals, which include 4 fuels, 10 metallic, 46 non-metallic, 3 atomic and 23 minor minerals. The total value of mineral production in India (excluding atomic minerals) during 2009–10 was estimated at `1,27,921.42 crore, which shows an increase of about 4.61% over that of the previous year. This figure is on the ascent and is expected to be huge by the end of 2012. The Indian mining industry market is set to attain a size of US$36.2 bn by 2016, according to a report recently
released.Mining retains the position of being the most talked about topic and deliberation among the populace,
though not necessarily concluding with any concrete outcomes. While the reasons for the attention are well known (the sheer prospects & profits involved), the misdoings and mishandlings involved in this sector, given the scope & the dangers involved, attract bad press.
The outcome: the business-to-business community, the value chain, the suppliers and vendors’ community face the adverse impact of the negative publicity—a concern that needs to be addressed and sorted. All this becomes all the more relevant as India ranks among the world’s Top 5 nations for its core competency commodity reserves of coal and iron ore.
While India is the world’s third-largest producer of coal, fourth-largest producer of iron ore and the fifth-largest producer of bauxite, only 10% of the country’s landmass has been explored, primarily due to significant bureaucratic obstacles.
It is more than established that the Indian mining sector has a goldmine of profits and prospects. However, there are some hurdles as well that the sector needs to watch out for. In many countries, including India, governments are seeking a greater take from the sector through a wave of new requirements, such as mandated beneficiation, export levies and limits on foreign ownership. Projects around the world have been deferred or delayed because of the degraded risk/reward equation.
Then again, global skills shortage, infrastructure access, cost inflation, capital project execution, social licence to operate, price & currency volatility, capital management & access, and fraud & corruption are some worrying factors that can stall the growth of this sector.
A bright spot, however, is the increasing number of Indian companies venturing overseas to secure stable, long-term supplies of minerals, such as coal and iron ore, in a bid to meet the fast-rising domestic demand. While the demand outlook remains strong, mining and metal companies too remain nimble and sure-footed in how they manage these fast-changing risks.
Now is the time to promote the optimal utilisation of India’s mineral resources for its industrial growth and socio-economic development, through scientific exploration, sustainable mining practices and geo-scientific research & development.
Considering the mineral potential of India, the contribution of the mining sector in the GDP should increase. The mining sector needs to play a major role if India has to realise its cherished growth figures. The importance of the sector in the growth of GDP in mineral rich countries indicates the opportunities available…but are we then undermining our potential?
SUNDERMINING POTENTIAL?
Archana [email protected]
| Pg 70
CONTENTS
9 EDITORIAL Undermining Potential?
SPECIAL FOCUS: Pumps And Valves
AUTOMATION TRENDS139 Robotics In Nuclear Fuel Cycle Automating The Atomic World
The production operations in mining tend to be separate and cyclic in nature, although the trend in modern mining and tunnelling is to eliminate or combine functions. In order to increase the continuity of extraction, production cycle and certain auxiliary operations must be performed. Here are the major stages and processes that comprise the whole of the mineral production via the mining process.
NEWS, VIEWS & ANALYSIS36 Latest Happenings In The World Of Manufacturing
‘Operational improvement is critical for companies to achieve competitiveness in all its KPIs’ Filippo Mantegazza, Chairman of the Board, Solving Efeso International SA
PPg 44g 44
IN CONVERSATION WITH
POLICIES & REGULATIONS144 Financing SMEs In The ‘Interest’ Of SMEs
ENERGY MANAGEMENT142 Increasing Efficiency Saving Energy = Saving Money
● Special Focus: Material Handling ● Insights & Outlook: Defence
● Special Edition: Investment Destination: West Bengal
HIGHLIGHTS: OCTOBER 2012
STRATEGY146 Innovating Profitably The 10 Best Practices For Success
EQUIPMENT WATCH150 The All New JCB 3DX Backhoe Loader An Earthmoving Achievement!
Mining Processes And StagesMapping The Life Cycle Of A Mine
TECHNOLOGY & INNOVATIONS42 Technology Update Cutting-edge Solutions
PRODUCT UPDATE152 New Launches Latest Products In The Offing
158 Pumps & Valves Latest Products In Pumps & Valves
168 Mining Latest Products In Mining
178 General Products Rolling Out The Best In Class
190 International Products Showcasing Products In A Global Arena
198 EVENTS LIST
200 TENDERS
Pumps and ValvesSPECIAL FOCUS
50 Open Page
52 Pumps: 10 Growth Commandments
The Doctrine Of Growth
62 Five Discourses Of Valves The Controlling Authority
Mining
PRODUCT UPDATE
CONTENTSSPECIALS IN THIS ISSUE
212 ADVERTISERS’ LIST Advertisers’ List In Chronological Order
202 PRODUCT INDEX Alphabetical Listing Of Products Presented In The Issue
INSIGHTS & OUTLOOK
68 Open Page
76 Emerging Trends Expectations 2012 For
Global Mining Sector
85 Mining Of Fuels Fuelling Power Into
Indian Mining
88 Indian Coal Scenario Overview
A Resource-full Reserve
92 Uranium Mining Nuclear Energy: Towards Attaining
Self-reliance
96 Overviewing Some Major Mineral Ores Minerals: The Essential Elements Of
Growth
108 Mining Equipment Enhancing Mining’s Efficiency Quotient
110 Safety In Mining Mining’s Achilles Heel
116 Environmental Effects Of Mining Is The Eroders Of Earth Tag Justified?
122 National Policies On Mining A Guiding Light For Indian
Mining
124 FDI In Mining A Goldmine Of Business
Opportunities
130 Mergers, Acquisitions And Joint Ventures
Envious Deals To Deliver Demands
134 Global Mining Deals 2011–12 Empowering Nations
Looking For A Specifi c Product?Searching and sourcing products were never so easy.
Just type SRCH (space) Product Name
and send it to 51818eg. SRCH Pump and send it to 51818
Se
J
eg
FOUNDER & EDITOR, NETWORK 18Raghav Bahl
PRESIDENT & EDITORIAL DIRECTOR, TV 18Senthil Chengalvarayan
EXECUTIVE EDITORArchana Tiwari-Nayudu
EDITORIAL TEAMKimberley D’Mello, Nishi Rath, Prateek Sur, Archana Singh,
Arindam Ghosh (Delhi), Suprita Anupam (Bengaluru)
ASSISTANT ART DIRECTORVaruna Naik
DESIGN TEAMSanjay Dalvi, Uttam Rane, Hemant Lambe
CHIEF PHOTOGRAPHERMexy Xavier
PHOTOGRAPHYNeha Mithbawkar, Joshua Navalkar
BUSINESS CONTROLLERSLovey Fernandes, Akshata Rane, Marjorie Carvalho, Shefali Mahant
Deepak Bhatia, Ashish Kukreti, Shwetha ME, Jayashree N, Sugandha Kulkarni
PRINTINGEXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT
Ananth R Iyer
ASSISTANT GENERAL MANAGER - PPCShekhar Khot
PRODUCTION TEAMDnyaneshwar Goythale, Surekha Karmarkar,
Ravikumar Potdar, Ravi Salian, Sanjay Shelar
OVERSEAS CONTACTRingier Trade Media Ltd CHINA
1001 Tower 3, Donghai Plaza, 1486 Nanjing Road, West, Shanghai 200040, China Tel: +86-21 6289 – 5533 Ext. 368, Fax: +86-21 6247 – 4855
(Craig Shibinsky) Email: [email protected] Trade Media Ltd HONG KONG
9/F, Cheong Sun Tower, 118 Wing Lok Street, Sheung Wan, Hong Kong Tel: +852 2369 – 8788 Ext. 21, Fax: +852 2869 – 5919
(Octavia Au-Yeung) Email: [email protected] Trade Media Ltd TAIWAN
Room 3, Fl. 12, No. 303, Chung Ming S. Rd., Taichung, TaiwanTel: +886-4 2329 – 7318 Ext. 16, Fax: +886-4 2310 – 7167
(Sydney La) Email: [email protected] Trade Media Ltd GERMANY, AUSTRIA, SWITZERLAND
Tel: +41-44 734 0472, Fax: +41 44 734 0680Email: [email protected]
USA Tel: (513) 527-8800 Fax: (513) 527-8801
Email: [email protected]
USA Alfredo Domador, 6505 Blue Lagoon Drive, Suite 430 Miami, FL. 33126, USA
Tel: (305) 448-6875, Fax: (305) 448-9942
GROUP CEO, NETWORK 18B Sai Kumar
CEO-NETWORK 18 PUBLISHINGSandeep Khosla
EVP-HUMAN RESOURCESSanjeev Kumar Singh
ASSOCIATE VICE PRESIDENTSudhanva Jategaonkar
ADVERTISING SALESShashin Bhagat (Ahmedabad)[email protected]
Mahadev B (Bengaluru)[email protected]
Hari Hara Subramaniam (Chennai)[email protected]
Prakash N (Coimbatore)[email protected]
Kalyan Chakravarthy (Hyderabad)[email protected]
Ameya Gokhale (Indore)[email protected]
Aayush Bidawat (Jaipur)[email protected]
Abhik Ghosal (Kolkata)[email protected]
Inder Dhingra (Ludhiana)[email protected]
Mukesh Yadav (New Delhi)[email protected]
Rohit Dass (Pune)[email protected]
Chirag Pathak (Vadodara)[email protected]
MARKETING TEAMGanesh Mahale, Prachi Mutha, Akshaya Jadhav, Mitesh Agaria
NEWSSTAND AND SUBSCRIPTIONSDISTRIBUTION HEADSunil Nair
DEPUTY GENERAL MANAGERManoj Palsay
SENIOR MANAGER - SUBSCRIPTIONSSheetal Kotawdekar
CO-ORDINATORSRahul Mankar, Anant Shirke, Sarita Quadros,Chaitali Parkar, Kamlesh Mathkar, Vaibhav Ghavale
SERVICESSUBSCRIPTION SERVICES For subscription queries, write [email protected] or call +91 22 30034631-34 or toll free 1800 200 1021PERMISSIONS For subscription to copy or reuse material from SEARCH,Write to [email protected]• Monthly Issue Price: ` 100 • Annual Subscription: ` 799
Views and opinions expressed in this magazine are not necessarily those of Network18 Media & Investments Ltd (Network18)*, its publisher and/or editors. We at Network18 do our best to verify the information published but do not take any responsibility for the absolute accuracy of the information. Network18 does not accept the responsibility for any investment or other decision taken by readers on the basis of information provided herein. Network18 does not take responsibility for returning unsolicited material sent without due postal stamps for return postage. No part of this magazine can be reproduced without the prior written permission of the publisher. Network18 reserves the right to use the information published herein in any manner whatsoever.
Publishing
Printed by Mohan Gajria and published by Lakshmi Narasimhan on behalf of Network18.Executive Editor: Archana Tiwari-Nayudu
Printed at Infomedia 18 Ltd, Plot no.3, Sector 7, off Sion-Panvel Road, Nerul, Navi Mumbai 400 706, and published at Network18, ‘A’ Wing, Ruby House, J K Sawant Marg, Dadar (W), Mumbai - 400 028.
SEARCH is registered with the Registrar of Newspapers of India under No. 67827/98. Network18 does not take any responsibility for loss or damage incurred or suffered by any subscriber of this magazine as a result of his/her accepting any invitation/offer published in this edition.
* ownership of this magazine stand transferred from Infomedia18 Limited (Infomedia18) to Network18 Media & Investments Limited (Network18) in pursuance of the scheme of arrangement between Network18 and Infomedia18 and their respective shareholders and creditors, as approved by the Hon’ble High Court of Delhi and the necessary approval of Ministry of Information and Broadcasting is being obtained.
36 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
NEWS, VIEWS & ANALYSISNEWS, VIEWS & ANALYSISL A T E S T H A P P E N I N G S I N T H E W O R L D O F M A N U F A C T U R I N G
The manufacturing sector is expected
to register lower growth during
the July–September quarter of the
current financial year as compared
to the previous quarters, mainly
due to the rupee depreciation and
slowdown in demand, according to a
survey by the industry body FICCI.
The manufacturing sector, which
constitutes over 75% of the factory
output, did not perform well as it grew
a meager 2.5%, as against 6.3% in
May 2011.
According to the survey,
which drew responses from 418
manufacturing units and associations,
46% respondents expect that the
sector’s growth would be low in the
second quarter of this fiscal. On the
other hand, only 42% respondents said
that the depreciation has helped them
to improve their exports.
Rupee depreciation has presumably
affected the sector’s competitiveness
severely over the last few months,
said FICCI’s quarterly survey on
manufacturing.
“Rupee depreciation has led to
increased cost of their imported raw
materials and inputs by 5–25% in the
last few months,” said the survey.
The depreciation of the rupee
has affected some sectors such as
automotive, electronics, capital goods,
chemicals and textiles.
According to the survey, “The
demand conditions remained subdued
in the economy for the manufacturing
sector in Q2 compared to the
previous quarters.” The survey also
said that the capacity utilisation in
Q2 has remained low. Moreover, the
growth in manufacturing exports was
expected to be low in Q2 as against
the previous quarters.
The Steel Authority of India Ltd
(SAIL) has decided to outsource the
development of two huge virgin iron
ore mines at Rowghat in Chhattisgarh
and Chiria in Jharkhand.
Rowghat, which will have a capacity
of 14 million tonne per annum (mtpa)
and Chiria, 15 mtpa, are crucial for
SAIL’s capacity expansion. The
company has decided to develop these
two mines through mine developer-
cum-operators.
It would cost `1,000–1,200 crore
each for developing Rowghat and
Chiria mines, and if the method is
successful, SAIL’s investment for
mine development would be reduced
by around `2,500 crore.
The public sector steel major has
earmarked an investment of `15,000
crore for expanding its existing mines
and developing virgin mines.
SAIL, which would increase its
capacity to around 24 MT by the end
of next year from the existing 14 MT,
would require 39 MT of iron ore by
the end of 2013.
A railway line is also being laid
from Dalli–Rajhara to Rowghat, which
would cost `700 crore. Environment
clearance and first-stage forest
clearance have also been received for
Chiria mine in Jharkhand while land
acquisition is still under way.
India is all set to come up with two
manufacturing hubs in Sri Lanka,
which will act as supply chains for
companies based in India. Both the
countries have decided to double
their bilateral trade to $10 billion by
2015–16 from the current volume of
$4.8 billion.
Union Commerce and Industry
Minister Anand Sharma informed,
“India and Sri Lanka have agreed to set
up Manufacturing Special Economic
Zones for investment linked to
manufacturing auto components and
engineering goods. We will also set
up a pharma manufacturing hub in
the island nation.”
The manufacturing hub will be
set up in Trincomalee, known for
its natural deep-water harbour. The
location for the pharma hub is yet to
be identified.
The Commerce and Industry
Minister also announced giving
preferential access to Sri Lanka to the
Indian market. The manufacturing
hubs will help in value-added exports
to India.
MANUFACTURING SECTOR MAY RECORD LOWER GROWTH IN Q2: FICCI
SAIL TO OUTSOURCE DEVELOPMENT OF TWO VIRGIN MINES
INDIA TO SET UP TWO MANUFACTURING HUBS IN SRI LANKAA consortium led by Siemens VAI
Metals Technologies has received
an order from the National Mineral
Development Corporation (NMDC)
Ltd for the supply of a complete LD
(BOF) steelmaking plant. The order
volume for the consortium amounts
to approximately €290 million.
The steel plant will be built at
Nagarnar, Chhattisgarh, as part of an
integrated production complex with
an annual capacity of approximately
3 million tonne steel. The project is
scheduled for completion by mid-
2015. NMDC had already ordered a
sintering plant from Siemens for the
Nagarnar project site, according to a
company release.
The Nagarnar integrated
steelmaking plant is part of a national
programme to increase the steel
production capacity of India. Siemens
will be in charge of the design and
the ‘turnkey’ supply of the steel plant,
including two LD (BOF) converters,
two 175-tonne desulphurisation
plants (HMDS), two ladle furnaces
and an RH degassing plant. The
‘turnkey’ project scope of supply also
includes material handling systems,
primary & secondary de-dusting
systems, a gas recovery plant & a
water treatment plant.
SIEMENS BAGS NMDC PROJECT
NEWS, VIEWS & ANALYSISL A T E S T H A P P E N I N G S I N T H E W O R L D O F M A N U F A C T U R I N G
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 37
American Axle & Manufacturing
Holdings, Inc (AAM) recently
announced the grand opening of its
Chennai Manufacturing Facility
(CHMF), located in the industrial
park of Mahindra World City.
Cliff Owens, CHMF Plant
Manager, will oversee the facility’s
manufacture of highly engineered
driveline products for the region.
Products manufactured at the facility
include a family of front and rear axles
for commercial vehicles.
“We are extremely pleased to
celebrate the grand opening of AAM’s
third regional manufacturing operation
in India,” said John J Bellanti, Executive
VP – Worldwide Operations,
AAM, adding, “The Chennai
Manufacturing Facility will allow
us to leverage AAM’s track record
of world-class quality, delivery,
reliability and outstanding warranty
performance while furthering
AAM’s global expansion in emerging
markets.”
“Profitable growth in India is a
key component of AAM’s global
business strategy,” explained Anand M
Ganguly, MD, AAM India. “Chennai
Manufacturing Facility reflects AAM’s
commitment to India while allowing
us to provide advanced technology
products for current and potential
new customers throughout the region.
The facility is strategically located in
proximity to our OEM customers,” he
emphasised.
BMM Ispat Ltd is adding capacity at
its Hospet plant at a cost of `6,700
crore for expanding its capacity to 3
million tonne steel per annum. The
promoters will bring `2,500 crore as
their share and the balance will be
debt financed by a consortium of 16
banks led by the State Bank of India.
The company is adding capacity
adjacent to its existing facility and
has plans to focus on producing
long products, alloy steel for the
automobile sector and increase captive
power production to 675 MW from
the current 235 MW capacity.
According to the company, after
the capacity addition is completed
in 2014, BMM will be a 5-million
tonne per annum company.
The company, located at Hospet,
in Karnataka’s Bellary district,
currently produces 2.5 million tonne
of pellets, one lakh tonne of TMT
bars, seven lakh tonne of sponge iron
for domestic market and 235 MW of
captive power.
AAM ANNOUNCES NEW MANUFACTURING FACILITY IN CHENNAI
BMM ISPAT TO SPEND `6,700 CRORE ON HOSPET PLANT EXPANSION
BOC India (BOCI) Ltd, a member
of the Linde Group, recently
announced that it had been awarded
a major long-term industrial gases
supply contract by Tata Steel Ltd.
Tata Steel is progressing with the
first phase of its greenfield integrated
steelworks in Kalinganagar Industrial
Complex, Odisha, which will
become operational in 2014.
BOCI will invest `5.4 billion to
construct two large air separation
plants—each having a capacity of
1,200 tonne per day (tpd)—to supply
gaseous oxygen, nitrogen and argon
to meet the production requirements
of Tata Steel’s new steelworks. The
air separation plants, which will be
commissioned in 2014, will also
produce liquid gases to meet the
growing demand for gases in the
merchant market.
Commenting on the same, SK
Menon, MD, BOCI, said, “Our new
contract with Tata Steel represents a
great strategic win for BOCI, given
the fast-rising importance of the
Kalinganagar industrial complex as a
massive steel production hub in India.
BOCI also intends to establish an
extensive pipeline network through
the industrial complex to meet the
gas demands of the various steel
production units operating there,
and our latest agreement with Tata
Steel will enable us to take steps
forward in this direction.”
Speaking about the project, HM
Nerurkar, MD, Tata Steel, informed,
“We are pleased to be working
with BOCI in our new facility in
Kalinganagar. Our new 3 million
tonne per year (mtpy) steelworks,
which will expand to 12 mtpy in the
medium term, will be the first new
major greenfield blast furnace-based
steelworks built in India in the past
15 years.”
BOC INDIA TO INVEST `5.4 BILLION TO BUILD TWO NEW AIR
SEPARATION PLANTS
Kirloskar Brothers Ltd (KBL), the
flagship company of the $2.5-billion
Kirloskar Group, is keen to set up a
valve and pump manufacturing unit in
Odisha.
KBL is a global fluid management
solutions provider & a leading
manufacturer and exporter of
centrifugal pumps & valves. The
core businesses of KBL are large
infrastructure projects (water supply,
power plants and irrigation), project &
engineered pumps, industrial pumps,
agriculture and domestic pumps,
valves, motors & hydro turbines. The
company is scouting for a suitable
location in the state to set up the
manufacturing plant.
Odisha has attracted investments
worth `12.08 lakh crore across sectors
till the end of 2011, grabbing 10.04%
share of the overall investment in the
country estimated at `120.34 lakh
crore. The state has bagged the top
slots in manufacturing and mining
sectors with a share of 17.5% and
31.2%, respectively, of the total
investments.
KIRLOSKAR LOOKING FORWARD TO SET UP PLANT IN ODISHA
NEWS, VIEWS & ANALYSISL A T E S T H A P P E N I N G S I N T H E W O R L D O F M A N U F A C T U R I N G
38 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
Jindal Steel and Power Ltd (JSPL)
plans to invest `1 lakh crore to expand
its capacity to 20 million tonne per
annum (mtpa) in the next eight years.
The company is in the process of
expanding the capacity of its Raigarh
plant to 7 mtpa. New capacities at
Angul in Odisha and Jharkhand
will also come up. The company will
have 20-mtpa production capacity
by 2020.
Its Raigarh plant has three-mtpa
capacity and the company is planning
to commission the first phase of its
6-mtpa plant at Angul in Odisha
by 2013–14. The company is also
constructing a greenfield plant of
similar capacity in Jharkhand.
The company has already initiated
the process to acquire land and other
regulatory clearances to expand the
Chhattisgarh plant to 7-mtpa capacity.
According to company sources,
expanding the capacity by four mtpa
will take 4.5 years. JSPL envisages
`17,000–18,000 crore investment for
expansion of the Raigarh plant alone.
The company is also in the
advanced stages of securing an iron ore
mining lease from the Chhattisgarh
Government to feed its expansion
at Raigarh.
Dubai Municipality plans to use solar technology to reduce its consumption
of traditionally produced electricity and water by 20% over the next five years.
The municipality has signed up with a UAE Government programme to
retrofit buildings with systems designed to save energy. As part of its overall
energy strategy, the Dubai Supreme Council of Energy has identified a number
of measures that can easily be implemented to conserve energy and water.
Dubai has managed to curb the rising costs of utility provision by drawing
up a programme to moderate the consumption of electricity and water. This has
enabled the Dubai Electricity and Water Authority to postpone the construction
of a large-scale power plant—the 1,500-MW Hassyan project.
PTC recently announced that it has
signed a definitive agreement to
acquire Servigistics, Inc—developer of
an innovative suite of Service Lifecycle
Management (SLM) software
solutions—for approximately $220
million in cash. Pending regulatory
approval and satisfaction of other
customary conditions, the transaction
is expected to be completed in
September 2012.
The acquisition will greatly enhance
PTC’s existing portfolio of SLM
solutions, which, today, includes robust
capabilities in the areas of warranty and
contract management, service parts
definition and technical information,
including mobile delivery. Servigistics
is recognised as a technology leader
in complementary areas, such as
service parts planning, management
and pricing, field service management,
returns & repair management and
service knowledge management.
“Over the past few years, Servigistics
has earned a reputation for innovations
that help companies maximise their
global service businesses through
increased profitability, cash flow and
customer loyalty,” commented Jim
Heppelmann, President and CEO,
PTC.
SLM helps manufacturers and their
service network partners optimise
the customer experience by ensuring
that service is systemically planned,
delivered and analysed to continually
improve performance & maximise
customer value. Yet, few manufacturers
have either a coordinated strategy or an
integrated technology suite needed to
capture this new market opportunity—
with many manufacturers realising as
little as 25% of the total service value
in their products’ service lifecycle.
“At Servigistics, we share PTC’s
vision for helping to transform the
way companies execute their service
strategies,” said Eric Hinkle, President
and CEO, Servigistics.
“We anticipate that our clients will
reap great benefits from the synergies
of this shared vision and we are
pleased to help PTC secure a strong
technology & thought leadership
position in SLM,” Hinkle added.
In connection with this acquisition,
PTC is increasing its previous
preliminary FY’13 non-GAAP EPS
target of $1.70–$1.80 by a range of
$0.02–$0.05. PTC expects to draw
on its credit facility to finance this
transaction.
JSPL TO INVEST `1 LAKH CRORE BY 2020 TO RAISE CAPACITY
DUBAI TO PLAY IT BIG ON SOLAR POWER
PTC TO ACQUIRE SERVIGISTICS
At the 66th annual general meeting
of Mahindra & Mahindra (M&M)
in Mumbai, Keshub Mahindra
addressed shareholders for the last
time as Chairman of the company. A
Director for 64 years at M&M and
Chairman for 48, Keshub Mahindra,
officially resigned from the Board of
the Company. He will now take over
as Chairman Emeritus.
Keshub Mahindra joined the
Board of the Company in 1948
and was elected its Chairman in
1963. Under his Chairmanship,
the Mahindra Group grew from
a manufacturer of automobiles to
become a federation of companies
operating in a range of businesses.
He successfully created business
alliances with global majors,
laying the foundation for the
emergence of the Group as an
Indian MNC.
The Board has unanimously
appointed Anand Mahindra as the
Chairman & MD of the Group.
KESHUB MAHINDRA STEPS DOWN AS CHAIRMAN OF M&M
NEWS, VIEWS & ANALYSIS
NEWS, VIEWS & ANALYSISL A T E S T H A P P E N I N G S I N T H E W O R L D O F M A N U F A C T U R I N G
40 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
The International Society of Automation (ISA), Bangalore, recently organised
a seminar on ‘Automation, Robotics and Remote Handling Technology in the
Nuclear Fuel Cycle’ at Bangalore, as part of its mission to spread, encourage
& enhance the industrial knowledge of automation. KV Kasiviswanathan, Raja
Ramanna Fellow and Former Assistant Director, Indira Gandhi Centre for
Atomic Research (IGCAR), Kalpakkam, explained wider possible applications
of the automation technology developed at IGCAR, such as remote monitoring,
that had not been considered so far. The remote data collection devices are
connected to a management/control centre over serial or Ethernet, depending
on factors such as distance and the type of management system used.
The country’s largest power producer,
National Thermal Power Corporation
(NTPC), is looking to spend more
than `1.38 lakh crore over the next few
years on projects with a total capacity
of over 27,000 MW.
The state-owned power producer
plans to shell out `47,169 crore for
capacities that are currently being
constructed, involving 12,428-MW
generation capacity.
Another `91,353 crore will be
spent for projects ‘under award/tender/
planning’, with a total capacity of
15,100 MW. Together, the capital
expenditure would be `1,38,522
crore for establishing 27,528 MW
additional capacity.
Some of the upcoming projects of
NTPC are Mauda II, Vindhyachal IV
and V (all having 1,000 MW capacity),
800-MW Kudgi, 1,320-MW Barh-I,
500-MW Rihand-III and 800-MW
Koldam.
For the April-June quarter of
the current fiscal, the company has
declared 2,320 MW of new commercial
generation capacity.
NTPC aims to have an additional
capacity of 14,038 MW in the current
Five Year Plan (2012–17). And of the
projected total, 2,160 MW has already
been commissioned till July 31.
By 2032, the company expects
to have an installed capacity of
1,28,000 MW. Presently, the NTPC
Group has a total installed capacity of
39,174 MW.
Japanese auto major,
Toyota, would begin
engine production from
its manufacturing facility
in Bangalore. Shekar
Viswanathan, Deputy MD
– Commercial, Toyota
Kirloskar, informed that the
production would start from
August 2012. Toyota plans
to manufacture about one
lakh engines and 2.40 lakh
transmission units from the
facility. Toyota Kirloskar is
a joint venture between Toyota Motor
Corporation and Kirloskar Systems,
Bangalore.
Toyota Kirloskar had earlier
announced it would set up an engine
plant & expand its transmissions unit
to cater to Etios & Etios Liva—two of
its latest sedans.
ISA EMPHASISES ON THE NEED FOR INCREASING AUTOMATION
NTPC TO SPEND `1.38 LAKH CRORE ON CAPACITY ADDITION
TOYOTA TO BEGIN ENGINE PRODUCTION AT BANGALORE PLANT
Toyota to Invest $500 Million in BrazilJapan’s automobile manufacturer Toyota is all set to invest 1 billion reais ($500 million) to set up an engine factory in Brazil. The new project, which will be located in Sao Paulo, will create 600 new jobs, and would promote the level of local production of Corolla and Etios—two of Toyota’s car models.The plant, Toyota’s third in Brazil, will generate 1,700 direct jobs, with an anticipated production capacity of 70,000 cars annually. Toyota currently employs over 4,000 people in Brazil.
Honeywell recently announced that
it has been selected by Staatsolie
Maatschappij Suriname NV—
the state-owned hydrocarbon and
sustainable energy company—to
upgrade the safety and control
system at its Suriname refinery
to its Integrated Control and
Safety System (ICSS) solution.
The upgrade is being designed
& implemented in the context of
the Suriname Refinery Expansion
Project, which will double the
capacity and expand significantly
the range of products & fuels, with
a special focus on satisfying the
domestic transportation market. The
project is being managed by Saipem
as the main contractor responsible for
engineering, procurement, modules
prefabrication and construction
management.
Developed on the strengths
of Honeywell’s Experion Process
Knowledge System (PKS)
architecture, ICSS is an all-
encompassing safety solution
providing robust and secure control
for critical applications. Built to offer
simplified operations, integrated
process control and safety controllers,
ICSS will equip Staatsolie with best
in class compliance, reliability and
safety for its refinery production
units.
The upgrade includes the
expansion of Honeywell’s Alarm
Management System, Operational
Insight Software and OPC Desktop
Historian solutions currently installed
at the site. This suite of tools will
provide Staatsolie with automatic
monitoring of system changes, a
platform for cross-departmental
collaboration and enable the
communication of information from
data sources to any client application
in a standardised format.
HONEYWELL TO UPGRADE CONTROL & SAFETY SYSTEMS AT
ITS SURINAME REFINERY
NEWS, VIEWS & ANALYSIS
42 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
CUTTING-EDGE SOLUTIONS
a c h i n e a n d
original equipment
manufacturers, system
integrators and end users with
demanding applications look to
simplify network design while
maintaining resiliency. The new
Allen-Bradley FLEX I/O dual-
port EtherNet/IP adapters from
Rockwell Automation achieve
this goal. The adaptors help
OEMs connect machines to their
end customers’ IT infrastructures
using a single network. With
the dual ports, users can also leverage
the adapters to display diagnostics via
a simple web browser. This, in turn,
helps reduce troubleshooting and
downtime.
The new EtherNet/IP adapters
support a Device-Level Ring (DLR)
topology, which provides a robust
network infrastructure and ensures
extremely fast recovery time while
keeping implementation costs down.
DLR infrastructures are connected at
the end device versus the switch.
With no need for unnecessary
switches and cabling, users can
reduce design time and simplify
implementation. The ring also
adds a measure of redundancy
that is very effective when a
connection fails—as a single
network failure, such as a cable
break, will not lead to the failure
of other devices in the ring. A
DLR network can recover in
less than three milliseconds for
a 50-node system. During this
time, the connection between the
programmable automation controller
and the I/O device is not interrupted.
The adapters also support the daisy-
chain topology for applications that
involve devices located far from CPU
sub-systems.
The adapters (1794-AENTR
and 1794-AENTRXT for extreme
environments) that are compatible
with the Rockwell Software products
include RSLogix 5000 programming
software version 16 & higher, and
RSLinx version 2.58 & higher. The
adapters also can connect up to eight
FLEX I/O modules.
E researchers have tested
the prototype of an interior
permanent magnet traction
motor expected to enhance the travel
range for electronic vehicles and hybrids.
The traction motor is a component of
the propulsion system that converts
electrical energy into motion to drive
hybrid and electric vehicles.
According to Ayman El-Refaie,
Electrical Engineer, GE Global
Research’s Electrical Machines Lab,
the company has always strived to
build robust and efficient motors for
hybrid and electric vehicles. “We have
built a motor that is substantially more
powerful than what is commercially
available now, while improving
efficiency by up to 5%,” El-Refaie
informed. The development is part
of the four-year, $5.6-million US
Department of Energy (DoE) project
on electronic vehicles and hybrids.
“This technology is scalable & flexible
and can be leveraged in a number of
capacities,” added El-Refaie.
It has been fully tested in the lab
and demonstrated for DoE. However,
further testing for reliability is
required before commercial production
commences.
DUAL-PORT ETHERNET/IP I/O ADAPTERS HELP IMPROVE USER EXPERIENCE
GE TESTS INTERIOR PERMANENT MAGNET TRACTION MOTOR THAT WILL ENHANCE THE TRAVEL RANGE FOR ELECTRIC & HYBRID VEHICLES
M
G
• The new EtherNet/IP adapters support a Device-Level Ring (DLR) topology, which provides a robust network infrastructure and ensures extremely fast recovery time while keeping implementation costs down.
• DLR infrastructures are connected at the end device versus the switch. With no need for unnecessary switches and cabling, users can reduce design time and simplify implementation.
USPs
• GE’s traction motor delivers higher power density, acceleration and energy effi ciency in a smaller frame at a lower cost.
• It reduces the fuel consumption on electric vehicles and their hybrids.
• GE’s traction motor has almost twice the temperature tolerance of conventional hybrid-electric motors.
• It also does not require a separate cooling system.
USPs
1749 FLEX I/O Dual-Port EtherNet/IP Communication Adapter Module
FILIPPO MANTEGAZZA
SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 244
DEFINE OPERATIONAL EXCELLENCEIn today’s times, a company has to
maintain a long list of Key Performance
Indicators (KPIs) in order to gain
an edge in the market. Operational
improvement or operational excellence
is critical for a company to achieve
competitiveness in all the KPIs it
follows. There are various important
techniques and concepts that are
followed to achieve operational
excellence like Total Quality
Management (TQM), developed in
Japan. Besides, many companies opt
for Six Sigma to achieve excellence
in quality. Additionally, we have the
philosophy of Lean.
These are not just theories, but
part of your systems that need to
be implemented continuously in
order enhance your capability &
performance level. For a company to
reap the benefits from these concepts,
the entire organisation needs to come
forward and play a proactive role in
implementing these techniques.
MANTRA TO GAIN A COMPETITIVE EGDE Operational excellence plays a critical
role in transforming the entire supply
chain of a company and in creating a
big impact on cost & quality. It further
strengthens the ability of the company
and allows it to react quickly & work
according to the changing market
situations. If a company has expertise
in understanding its market, it will
remain highly competitive and sustain
itself in the market in the long term.
It is very critical to understand that in
today’s time, it is not merely enough to
be good enough; what you really need
is to know the market and be better
than the competition. Operational
improvement enables a firm to raise the
competitiveness and provide substantial,
tangible and lasting gains.
KEY CONSIDERATIONS FOR COMPANIESThere are two major factors that
Operational improvement is critical for companies to achieve competitiveness in all its KPIs
Filippo Mantegazza, Chairman of the Board, Solving Efeso International SA, in an interaction with Arindam Ghosh, shares his thoughts on various critical subjects ranging from the importance of operational excellence to key
requirements for developing the theory, and highlights his contribution to develop the ‘World Class Operations Management’ approach to achieve operations performance improvement. Excerpts…
Born in Milan in 1951, Filippo Mantegazza is a Plant Engineer and a graduate from Milan Polytechnic. He has also earned a degree from MIT in Production Planning. He founded Efeso Consulting in 1979, an International consulting company focussed on operations improvement. He has been serving as Chairman of the Management Board, Solving Efeso, since 2007 and looks at the overall business activities of the company. He has also authored many publications.
CREDENTIALS
FILIPPO MANTEGAZZA
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 45
a company needs to consider for
achieving operational improvement.
Firstly, a company needs to develop
and build a strategy based on thorough
research of the market conditions it
wants to operate in. It is important
to understand that a company cannot
afford to do everything everywhere,
as every market has unique features,
characteristics and requirements. It
needs to be very selective in its offerings.
Secondly, companies need to engage
themselves with the local elements
of the market. This will allow them
to develop a deeper understanding of
the market & its behaviour and react
quickly & adapt itself according to the
changing market scenario.
NEED TO ADOPT A LOCALISED APPROACH Implementing a localised approach
is the key to success for any global
company that wants to enter a market.
If a company wants to enter India,
it needs to adopt an India-specific
approach. This has to be developed
based on customer preferences,
local culture, etc., of each region.
If the global company has strong
local knowledge, it can flourish its
business in a short span of time and
will be competitive under any market
condition. This is vital, because if a
company cannot remain competitive,
it cannot survive for long.
DEVELOP WORLD CLASS OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT APPROACHFor the last 30 years, I have been
involved in many projects for
making various companies achieve
operational excellence. I have worked
on various topics linked to operations
improvement like cost reduction,
performance improvement, etc.
After working for so many years,
we have developed and implemented
the World Class Operations
Management (WCOM) approach. It
was designed jointly in co-operation
with Fuji Consulting, the Japan
Institute of Plant Maintenance and
Richard J Schonberger, a world-class
manufacturing guru.
WCOM has been developed to
help companies improve operations
performance on a global scale. The
approach is based on Japanese methods
and ideas, but with a Western approach.
The implementation of WCOM has
led several large companies, such as
Volvo, Fiat, Unilever, Pirelli, Tetra
Pak, Heineken, to win some of the
most exclusive awards for operations
excellence, like Quality Award, JIPM
Award, EFQM Award, etc.
INDIA’S POSITION AMID ECONOMIC INSTABILITYOur clients have been coming to India, as
it offers a huge market and is currently
one of the fastest growing countries.
Additionally, the labour costs are
comparatively lower here. Our clients
have been enjoying a high growth rate
in terms of expanding their business
operations in the country.
India is a lucrative market. The
current phase of economic instability
is temporary, given that the Indian
market is governed by strong economic
fundamentals. If you compare
India and China, India has a strong
advantage in terms of a large English-
speaking workforce. Moreover, in
terms of costs, it is very competitive
globally. However, in terms of doing
business, China has a big advantage as
it offers state-of-the-art infrastructure.
HELPING COMPANIES ACHIEVE OPERATIONAL EXCELLENCE Companies that are operating globally,
especially our clients, are highly aware
of the importance of operational
excellence. Such companies have
been following several techniques to
achieve this. With the ever-growing
globalisation and the resulting
competitiveness, the Indian companies
also understand the importance of
operational excellence. This is where
the role of Solving Efeso comes
in. We will help in expanding the
business of our customers not only
in India, but also globally, by making
them achieve operational excellence.
The combination of our strategic and
operational teams will widen the scope
of opportunities for our clients.
INITIATIVES REQUIRED Companies come to India because they
see a huge business opportunity in the
country. Besides, excellent infrastructure
will play a key role in further
encouraging companies to enter the
country. With regards to infrastructure,
I have observed that the country has
been taking several steps to improve its
infrastructure. A modern and advanced
infrastructure is vital for improving
the productivity and efficiency of the
supply chain movement, as it will
ensure rapid expansion of the business.
At the same time, a company needs to
develop innovative strategies to remain
competitive in the market.
Your Passion…My work drives me.
Your Hobbies…I like sailing and skiing.
Your Mentor...There have been quite a few individuals from whom I have learnt a lot. However, I would like to name two people who have greatly influenced me; Antonio Roversi and Guido Granata. Antonio Rosersi motivated me to become a consultant and Guido Granata, my professor, has always been a huge source of inspiration.
UP CLOSE & PERSONALUP CLOSE & PERSONAL
SEARCH September 2012 Ad Name: Peantair Pg No. 47
SEARCH September 2012 Ad Name: Renu Pg No. 48
PUMPS AND VALVES
50 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
Interstate Natural Gas Association of America (INGAA) has estimated that North America would add 19,000 miles (31,000 km) of oil pipelines at a cost of $31.4 billion by 2035 as production surged 50% to 12.7 million barrels per day
The US shale oil revolution cannot be stopped, but it could be delayed by a potential shortfall of 10-tonne valves and giant pipeline pumps
ITT Corp’s adjusted quarterly profit handily beat market expectations on strong sales of components to the US mining, chemical and industrial sectors as well as emerging markets, sending shares up as much 15% in morning trade
As per the research done by UK micro fluidics experts, the valve industry will soon be able to add the next-gen flavour with advancements done in nanotechnology like ‘plug and play’ micro fluid system.
The global business of pumps and valves has crossed the market cap of US$75 billion, while the Indian business, which is growing at an average of 5.5% per year, has been pegged at around US$3 billion. Pumps: While the US will remain the largest
purchaser of pumps for the next five years as per the demand trends, China will remain the largest growing country with the largest growth rate; it will build nearly half of the world’s new coal-fired plants in the next five years. Centrifugal pumps, with more than 50% of the total sells, will remain at the top as compared to the submersible pumps having 10% of the total sells.
Valves: In the valve industry, China is at the top of the list with 15% growth rate; this trend is likely to continue owing to the investments made in the country. The global demand has been rising at 5.4% annually and is expected to have a market cap of $94 billion by the end of 2016. The valves industry, so far, is dominated by the conventional valves with 60% shares of the total, but the rising demands of automotive valves will overturn the data by the end of 2020. The East-West Pipeline project has kept the demand for gate valves and ball valves in double digits, while plumbing and other control valves have found applicability in drip irrigation and sprinkler irrigation, oil & gas, power generation, mining, water reticulation, sewage and chemical manufacturing.
The are huge expectations from the US shale oil projects worth US$20 billion, Canada-Bakken-Ohio two pipeline projects, Indian pipeline projects, power sector, irrigation and water treatment sector.
Pump Industry: The industry leaders in this segment are Kirloskar Brothers Ltd, Tecumesh Products (India) Ltd, BHEL, Ingersoll-Rand, Elgi Equipment, CRI Pumps, Sharp Pumps, Aqua Sub Pumps, Suguna Motors & Pumps, Texmo Pumps, Grundfos Pumps, ITT Corporation India, Heidelberg ProMinent Fluid Controls
Valve Industry: The industry leaders in this segment are Audco India Ltd (AIL), L&T Valves, Peco Valves, Precision Valve India Ltd, BHEL, Sealmech Valves, Brightech Valves.
The key sectors are oil and refineries, water treatment, irrigation, agriculture, hydropower, solar power, pulp & paper industry, sugar industry and power industry. The key demands are likely to come from water treatments, domestic water circulation and the power sector. Canada and a few European countries have also raised the demand for Indian pumps and valves in the pulp & paper industry over the last few years.
� In the News
� Scenario
� Expectations
� Industry leaders
� Key Sectors
Compiled by Suprita Anupam
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 51
PUMPS AND VALVES
PUMPS: 10 GROWTH COMMANDMENTS: The Doctrine Of Growth ........................................52
FIVE DISCOURSES OF VALVES: The Controlling Authority ...........................................................62
PUMPS: 10 GROWTH COMMANDMENTS
52 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
or centuries, Indian pump manufacturers
have made significant contributions towards
‘pumping up’ the growth prospects of almost
all sectors in India. Having won accolades and
awards the world over, the Indian pump industry
has now become a synonym for merging quality with lower
cost—owing to the magnanimous contributions made by the
top manufacturers that have become representatives of the
Indian pump industry. While the pump industry has more
than 500 manufacturers yielding out 1.5 million pumps every
year, the rest are still serving the domestic demand without
meeting the quality standards. This presents a challenge to
the Indian pump industry – it MUST get organised!
SWITCH OVER TO THE GLOBAL SCENARIO…America, Europe and Asia have almost equal shares in the
pump market, but the fortunes of the pump industry in
these towering nations are plagued by the global economic
slowdown. In the Asian Continent, China, India, Malaysia
and Japan are the major contributors to the pump industry
with the top three companies of the world holding 20%
shares of the pump market, while the top 25 companies
owning 50% shares. Although China will demonstrate the
largest growth rate owing to the large investments made in
all the sectors and applications from semiconductor ultrapure
water to boiler feedwater, the US will continue to dominate
as the top purchaser of pumps for the next few years.
Despite the global downturn from 2009 onwards, a
few pump manufacturers from China
and India were able to convert others’
losses into their profits. What made
this possible? How did Indian firms
succeed in reaping the benefits
from a gloomy scenario? The
answer is simple. Indian
firms focussed on meeting
the requirements of companies,
i.e., they worked on making their products
more quality & cost conscious. They also worked
towards making their products future ready.
To compensate for the overall losses, the global slowdown
also fuelled the ‘collaboration trend’ among companies,
which increasingly started to look at collaboration as the
perfect strategy to expand their product range, ensure their
availability and enhance market size. Needless to say, the
pump industry worldwide also benefitted from this trend.
Substantiating the same is a study conducted by the
Confederation of Indian Industry (CII).
According to the study, Indian pump manufacturers are
currently exporting their products to more than 70 countries.
The Indian pump industry has attracted foreign investments
and also successfully captured the domestic market by way of
collaborations with local companies. Simultaneously, a few
Indian companies also expanded business across the globe
by acquiring foreign companies as well as forming joint
ventures (JVs). One such company is Kirloskar Brothers
Ltd (KBL).
Elaborating further, Subodh Srivastava, AVP & Business
Head – Distribution Sector, KBL, avers, “KBL is the only
Indian company that has acquired many foreign pump
companies such as SPP Pumps (UK) and Braybar, Africa.
We have also collaborated with Ebara to provide a specific
type of pump solutions. In this way, we are expanding the
global possibilities rather than only consuming the local
market.” KBL has also set up a JV with Copeland.
The bane called recession proved to be a boon in disguise.
By creating an environment that fostered a mixed economy
for the first time, it taught companies a valuable lesson—
build on market strength—and thus provided companies
a long-term solution for sustainability. The key standards
behind this sustainability were:
Easy availability of talent
Dynamic market strategy
Low innovation and technology risks
High performance with recommended quality standards.
F
Like ventricles pumping blood, pumps have been the propelling
factor behind almost all industries and households. The rapid growth
of the basic and other industries has encouraged the pump industry
to match pace with this growth. But the Indian pump industry is
certainly not on a high when compared to other manufacturing
sectors in India. While it is still trying to keep pace with the GDP,
we present the Ten Commandments that will help the industry set a
benchmark for others to emulate.
SUPRITA ANUPAM
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 53
PUMPS: 10 GROWTH COMMANDMENTS
THE 10 COMMANDMENTS Big gaps among manufacturers inhibit the Indian pump
industry from having a strong and powerful association that
can propel it from all directions, by taking the necessary
steps. Industry experts, consultants and associations set the
doctrine straight for the pump industry. Here’s profiling the
10 commandments that will guide the pump industry to a
better and fruitful existence…
India has not yet explored all the possibilities of better water management. There is lots of wastage in the form of rainwater and mountain water. America and
Europe, on the other hand, focus a lot on saving every drop of water. That is where the demand for pumps rises as it includes irrigation, industrial and domestic water circulation. The demand for pumps is likely to come from the power sector, particularly from hydro power.Subodh Srivastava, AVP & Business Head – Distribution Sector, Kirloskar Brothers Ltd
THOU SHALT FOCUS ON DEMAND
The Indian pump market share—
including organised and unorganised
sectors—comprises 4% of the approximately $35-billion
global market of the pump industry. While the early Indian
market consumption was limited to catering to domestic
water supply (like pumping water from wells and irrigation),
the ‘liberalisation’ has helped shape the pump market as per
the global standards, i.e., from oil refineries to mines and steel
mills. Nonetheless, the major demand for pumps continues
to come from the power sector and water treatment industry.
Indian firms altogether produce more than 1.5 million
pumps worth $1 billion. And the demand trend in exports
has risen with buy-back contracts keeping technological &
economic competence in the industry. With the quality
perception rising across
the world, the demand
has risen locally as well
as globally. Power/energy
and the water management
sectors are fuelling the
pump demands by more
than 45%. This trend is
likely to continue with the
power crisis and erratic
availability of water in
the country. In addition,
demands from big
infrastructure projects, sewage treatments, power generation
(thermal, nuclear & hydropower and pumped storage),
oil & natural gas sector, refineries, fertilisers, lubricants
and petrochemicals sector, mining & metal ore refining
sector, steel, pulp and paper, utility sector, agriculture &
irrigation, fisheries and aquaculture are also increasing the
demands.
Commenting on the same, Srivastava remarks, “India
has not yet explored all the possibilities of better water
management. There is lots of wastage in the form of
rainwater and mountain water. America and Europe, on the
other hand, focus a lot on saving every drop of water. This
is where the demand for pumps rises as it includes irrigation,
industrial and domestic water circulation. The demand for
pumps is likely to come from the power sector, particularly
from hydro power.”
Srivastava further indicates that the pump industry might
witness futuristic demand from the solar
energy sector. Apart from these sectors,
few others like pulp & paper industries of countries such as
Canada and Malaysia have also increased the demands for
pumps—particularly centrifugal pumps and, in some cases,
submersible effluent pumps.
Centrifugal pumps still remain on the top even though
it has several drawbacks. Despite being inefficient at high
pressure, these pumps continue to record the strongest growth
and account for 50% of the total pump sales. Submersible
effluent pump, submersible domestic pumps and progressive
pump share 5%, 4% and 1% of the total sales, respectively.
The key importers of centrifugal pumps include the US,
the UK, Singapore, Chile, Ghana, the UAE, Egypt and
Germany. Fortunately,
the imports show positive
variations in their demand
trends. For instance,
German importers of
pumps basically belong
to chemical industries,
while Asian importers
primarily deal with oil
and refinery firms. This
variation encourages the
pump manufacturers to
work more strongly on
quality and customisation. Discussing the demand trends,
Prasanna Kumar Rao, MD, Heidelberg ProMinent Fluid
Controls India Pvt Ltd, informs, “For the last two years,
we managed to get more than 30% growth, but, this year,
it seems difficult. Undoubtedly, the year has not been good
for the pump industry, but the global slowdown has slowed
down our business.”
“We export to as many as 30 countries either through
ProMinent subsidiaries or directly in few countries like
Myanmar, Bangladesh, Bhutan and Sri Lanka. ProMinent
India is faring much better than China and Malaysia. We are
still confident of achieving double-digit growth,” Rao says,
adding, “ProMinent India alone fulfils the 30% demands
of the total dosing pumps, sugar, pharmaceutical and
electroplating industries. Recently, we supplied our entire
dosing pump system packages to Siemens while working on
a project of Torrent Pharma.”
PUMPS: 10 GROWTH COMMANDMENTS
54 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
Water treatment: This includes four kinds of industrial water treatment, viz., boiler feedwater treatment, process water treatment (like beer manufacturing), cooling water treatment (water before recirculation) and wastewater treatment.Pumped storage projects: A few sites by NHPC have been marked where pumped storage projects may take place in future. It is said that using pumped water to store electricity costs less than $100 per kilowatt-hour and is highly efficient. The projects will need high-pressure, high-capacity pumps. Some of its advantages are 33% energy savings, tapping groundwater—a more stable energy source—and no requirement for any other supplemental heat. Geothermal heat pumps can be either earth-coupled or water-sourced. Power applications: In a power plant, various kinds of pumps are used for different applications. The major applications include ash handling, boiler applications, coal handling, cooling tower applications, emission, pressure boosting and water service. The kind of pumps utilised for these applications
are plunger pumps, split case pumps, turbo flow multi-stage pump, self-priming chopper pumps, submersible pumps and so on.Emission control and fuel cell: Ogura Industrial Corporation’s air pumps were initially designed as superchargers for gas and diesel engines. However, it was observed that the pumps
can be better utilised as emission-control devices for diesel engines and to reduce parasitic load on fuel cells. The air, pulled via a pair of rotors, is trapped in the form of pockets formed in between the rotors and housing and is pumped from one side to the other. Thus, by working as an emission control device,
air pumps help reduce unburned gases from reaching the tailpipe by injecting oxygen into the exhaust stream to burn the hot exhaust gases. While working in a fuel cell application, these pumps control air, water and hydrogen going into the fuel cell to generate electricity. The air pumps are driven by brushless motors fed directly by those fuel cells.
Courtesy: http://www.consumersenergy.com
Figure 1: Pumped hydro power project work fl ow
Rising applications
THOU SHALT CUSTOMISE PUMPS TO RIDE HIGH ON APPLICATIONS
Yes, there is indeed a variety of pumps,
but each one has some drawbacks
against some or the other application. Moreover, pumps can
only be operated at certain operating points. The operating
point—which is usually arrived at by calculating cross-point
of head flow curve and system curve—decides the operational
temperature, speed, load & efficiency (for example, a
centrifugal pump increases system resistance and reduces the
flow). Hence, the required operating point must be carefully
calculated in order to avoid any drop in efficiency.
Additionally, customisation with technology
improvements has enabled the manufacturing of application-
specific pumps. New application trends are growing in both
closed loop pump storage projects and open loop pump
projects; earlier the shift was more towards closed loop. Over
time, with improvement in heat pump water technology,
the corresponding applications have also risen. Besides,
residential applications have also grown. For instance, Lowra
has designed a new submersible grinder pump for residential
applications. The new DOMO GRI has been designed to
deliver domestic sewage, liquids containing solids or fibres,
and wastewater from residential buildings to the sewer
mains or a pressurised sewer network.
The applications have extended their
purview from watermill or windmill to irrigation, water
supply, gasoline supply, air-conditioning, refrigeration,
chemical movement, sewage movement, flood control,
marine services and infrastructure projects among others.
Some application-based customised pumps include:
Floating SVI pump, new application for immersible pumps: In high-pressure application areas such as irrigation,
where the water is found in a reservoir or holding tank, it
becomes difficult to find a cost-effective solution to supply
water to sprinkle heads. Traditional submersible pumps are
incapable of handling the kind of high power required, while
the borehole pump adds to capital costs. The new Lowara
SVI immersible pump provides a ray of hope. The pump is
mounted on a pontoon—floating on the water—and moves
up & down depending on the water level and with a certain
operating range. This gives the user a number of pump
options to meet sprinkle head requirements.
CEB vertical pump for autogas application: CEB vertical
tank pump, a replacement of submersible design pump, can
be retro-fit into most of the common tanks. In the first stage,
PUMPS: 10 GROWTH COMMANDMENTS
56 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
THOU SHALT EXPLORE AND ENCASH TECH POSSIBILITIES
For the past few years, the Indian pump
industry technology trends have been
revolving around lean production, just-in-time production
and accuracy. To achieve these, there is an emphasis on
materials, material coating, energy saving, precision casting,
die-casting, sintering and deep drawing. As is the case
with the development of other industries, pump technology
development is driven by market demand. The basic
guidelines directing the technology trends include:
Long life cycle: As long as the plant lasts
Lowest possible operating expenditures: Lowest possible
energy consumption, without any local operators, easy to
remove and install
Highest possible reliability: Meantime between failures
above 50,000 hours
Less sensitive or protected against misuse: Able to run
dry or handle gas/liquid transients
Environment friendly: Leakage-free, easy to
decontaminate and easy to recycle.
The need to meet all these parameters leaves very little
room to renovate the basic technology of pumps. Discussing
the scope for improvement, Rao expounds, “In motor-
driven pumps, there is not much scope for improvement.”
To cater to the same, “in electronic hosing pump, we have
designed advanced electronic control equipment to make the
system much more accurate. ProMinent has also designed an
entirely new kind of electronic dosing pumps. In India, we
have also developed a new plasma pump,” he adds. However,
to include the above-mentioned directing guidelines, one
must consider the following:
To ensure that pumps have a longer life, the parts that
come in contact with water must use the newly developed
coatings, duplex steel, plastics (like Poly-Aryl-Ether-
Ketone or PAEK) or ceramics and titanium.
The frequency controller must be used to self-adjust
pump performance with the lowest energy consumption.
The pump must avoid any oil lubricant, shaft seals and
base plate coupling.
There should be early failure detection or tele-monitoring
systems to detect the problems in advance without having
any real downturn.
The pumps should have wide performance range.
However, a ‘smart pump’ that performs all the above-
mentioned guidelines costs much more
than conventional pumps—a factor that
deters customers from investing in them. Moreover, the
overall lifecycle with high performance of these pumps is not
guaranteed. Leaving the discussion aside, let us take a look
at some of the recent developments that could change the
architecture of the pump (for the better) in the coming years.
Variable speed technology: The recent sophisticated
variable speed technologies have allowed OEMs to create
smaller machines offering higher uptime, greater accuracy
and functionality.
Revolutionary rotary piston machines: Physicist and
inventor Wolfhart Willimczik has created a rotary piston
machine without bearings in the power train. The friction
in these machines has been significantly minimised to the
extent that they are able to run without any lubrication—
even at higher pressure.
Geyser pump: The geyser pump technology has been in
existence for as long as the airlift pump. However, the
Geyser Pump Tech Co attracted the industry’s attention
only after the technology received the patent in December
2000. Geyser pump, with its improved design over the airlift
pump, has eliminated the small bubbling. Instead, it holds
the supplied air for a while and instantly releases a big
bubble to the riser pipe.
New insulin pump technologies: The next-generation
insulin pump technology and Continuous Glucose
Monitoring (CGM) technology is still in the testing phase
and is likely to hit the markets over the next few months. It is
based on the Veo technology that has already been approved
in Europe. Meanwhile, the Animas Vibe, an insulin pump
with a built-in DexCom CGM, which is in its testing phase,
has demonstrated 99% accuracy.
Gas-fired heat pump technologies: The US Department
of Energy and Oak Ridge National Laboratory are working
on these projects. The idea behind the project was to
encourage the usage of environment-friendly gases in ACs
and refrigerators instead of using ozone-depleting gases.
Other recent advances include progressive cavity pump
technology, concrete pump technology, vacuum pump,
pumping hydrogen with electron beam technology and
adaptive gas pumping by controlled timing of active
microvalves in peristaltic micropumps. Commenting on GE’s
an NPSH impeller and side channel stage are located at the
bottom of the tank by means of an extension pipe. It operates
under flooded suction, while one to three side-channel
stages are placed below the discharge flange in order to
produce the required pressure with less power consumption.
This process has been optimised with better designing of
two-poles hydraulic system. The uses of this Sterling SIHI
CEB pump are for loading and unloading of liquefied gases
under boiling conditions offering several advantages over
traditional pumps such as low NPSH, effective priming and
continuous operation, pressure generating as well as a stable
curve and magnetic coupling shaft sealing.
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 57
PUMPS: 10 GROWTH COMMANDMENTS
THOU NEED TO THINK ABOUT SUITABLE REPLACEMENTS
The ever increasing demand for
pump reliability, performance, low
vibration levels and better efficiency over a wide range of
operating points has prompted the need to search for new
materials for pumps that can be used in place of cast iron/
stainless steel. But they are application specific and hence,
materials must be looked at only after considering all the
physical and chemical properties of the composites as well
as fluids to be used.
Polymer-based compositesGE Oil and Gas has introduced a new material. Though
the use of materials like Poly-Ether-Ether-Ketone (PEEK)
as wear components in centrifugal pumps is not new,
this composite material can cover many new applications.
The American Petroleum Institute (API), in its journal,
has outlined a list of possible polymer-based composites
that can be used as possible alternatives to metals as wear
parts. Though the cost factor, tolerance and efficiency under
high pressure are still seen as big hurdles, there are a few
equally good benefits like accuracy and wide application
possibility—the biggest one being variable desired speed
over a wide range of operating points with long life cycle.
GE Oil and Gas has been offering few composite materials
for centrifugal pumps such as PEEK thermoplastic. The
ratio of resins fillers and the carbon fibre, however, can vary
as per the requirements.
Before using these materials as wearing
elements in pumps, the following must be
considered:
Chemical compatibility: Does the fluid to
be used for pumping show any kind of
chemical activity with the composite
material?
Temperature: Working temperature range
Abrasives: How much abrasion resistance
do they have?
Thermal expansion: Co-efficient of linear
expansion
Fillers: Carbon fibres, glass fibres and
aramid fibres, depending on thermal
expansion and other design parameters
Water absorption: By what percentage do
they absorb water and what’s their saturation
level?
Ceramic composites: PetroChem & Power
– Greene, Tweed & Co has provided non-
metallic friction and wear solutions
pumps called CeraComp® material.
This innovative ceramic-matrix composite delivers
dramatic benefits over traditional silicon-carbide materials
with superior fracture and wear resistance—expanding
the reliability of seal-less pumps by virtually eliminating
the risk of catastrophic failure. CeraComp® is capable of
withstanding temperatures over 1,100°F (600°C),
exceeding the upper limit of polymeric and elastomeric
composites, and maintains outstanding chemical
resistance, thereby achieving improved durability and
longer component life. According to Jonathan Pledger,
VP and GM — PetroChem & Power – Greene, Tweed
& Co, “The capability of the new CeraComp® is truly
game changing for the petrochemical & power industries.
This exciting new material will maximise plant production
capabilities by keeping pumps running longer with
reduced maintenance requirements.”
Silicon carbide: This material has gained wide
acceptance as plain bearing within pumps. It diminishes
unwanted frequency to some extent.
Dependent application areas: Composite material
property must be constant throughout the pumping.
Applications where new materials can be considered as
replacements are centrifugal pumps (in a few apps),
submersible pumps and immersible pumps.
Non-metallic wear part materialsMaterial Temperature limits
Min Max
Limiting pressure differential Application
PEEK
Chopped carbon
fibre filled
-30°C 135°C 2,000 kPa (20 bar) (300 psi) Stationary
parts
PEEK
Continuous carbon
fibre wound
-30°C 230°C 35,00 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) or
14,000 kPa (140 bar)
(2,000 psi) if suitably supported
Stationary
or rotating
Polyamide Need information relative to experience
Carbon graphite
Resin impregnated
Babbit impregnated
Nickel impregnated
Copper impregnated
-50°C 285°C
-100°C 150°C
-195°C 400°C
-100°C -
2,000 kPa (20 bar) (300 psi)
2,750 kPa (27.5 bar) (400 psi)
3,500 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi)
Stationary
parts
Non-metallic wear part materials, which are proven to be compatible with specified
process fluid, may be proposed within above limits.
Such materials may be selected as wear components to be mated against a suitably selected
metallic component, such as hardened 12%Cr steel or hardfaced austenitic stainless steel.
Materials may be used beyond these limits if proven application experience can be
provided, and if approved by the purchaser.
Courtesy: GE Oil & Gas; Figure 3API 610 9th ed. - Table H.4
advances on this front, Subrajit, Head – Turbomachinery
Aerodynamics Lab and Aerodynamics & Acoustics Lab, GE,
Bengaluru, says, “Current research in the turbomachinery lab
is focussed on developing higher efficiency, power-dense,
wider operating range steam turbines, compressors, pumps
& next-generation seals for rotating components.”
PUMPS: 10 GROWTH COMMANDMENTS
58 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
THOU NEED TO UNDERSTAND THE WIRE-TO-WATER EQUATION
A majority of the pumps used are
centrifugal pumps and to improve their
efficiency, the following key factors must be analysed:
Effect of speed variation: In a centrifugal pump,
peripheral velocity is directly related to the shaft
rotational speed. Hence, keeping the impeller diameter
fixed, variation of rotational speed alters the pump
performance. The rotodynamic pump performance
parameters of flow, head generated, power absorbed and
variation have been shown in the figure. The flow rate
must be calculated by taking all these variations into
account.
Effects of impeller diameter change: The efficiency of a
pump varies when the diameter is changed within a
particular casing. This is because changing the impeller
diameter creates a proportional change in the peripheral
velocity.
Net Pump Suction Performance (NPSH): This is
something that must be taken care of while designing the
pump to avoid undesirable effects of cavitation, noise and
vibration. The exceeding pump suction pressure is
expressed in terms of head of liquid and is referred to as
Net Positive Suction Head Available (NPSHA).
However, the value of Net Positive Suction Head
Required (NPSHR) is defined as the onset of cavitation.
When there is a drop of 3% NPSHR compared to the
cavitation-free performance, a prolonged operation might
lead to damage.
IMPROVING EFFICIENCYWith the above factors taken into account, a dynamic flow
strategy can improve pump efficiency
by 4%—which is enough to save around
$3 billion annually.
Pump control by varying speed: Speed variation changes
duty point. In the systems where speed reduces with
friction losses, the operating point remains constant. But
in a high static head situation, a small turn down can
result in a big reduction in flow rate as well as pump
efficiency.
It should be noted that the drop in pump efficiency
during speed reduction in a system with static head,
reduces the economic benefits of variable speed control.
Hence, it is apt to select the pump in accordance with the
system curve intersection of full-speed pump & efficiency
such that efficiency will increase as the speed is reduced
and then decrease.
Pumps in parallel switched to meet demand: It is
another efficient method to improve the efficiency
where static head is in high proportion, as the system
curve is usually not affected by the number of pumps
that are running. If the closed valve heads of different
pumps are similar, it would be a wise decision to
run different pumps in parallel. In this way, a large
number of different flow rates can be achieved without
affecting the optimum pump efficiency of individual
pumps.
Other Methods: The other methods to improve
performance include optimising start-stop control, flow
control valve, bypass control, fixed flow reduction and
variable speed drives.
Figure 3: Effect of pump speed change with a system with high static headCourtesy: Bureau of Energy Efficiency
Figure 2: Pump performance Curves
PUMPS: 10 GROWTH COMMANDMENTS
60 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
Harvest Energy Conservation Opportunities in Pumping Systems Ensure adequate NPSH at site of installation Ensure availability of basic instruments at pumps
like pressure gauges, flow meters Operate pumps near best efficiency point Modify pumping system and pumps losses to
minimise throttling Adapt to wide load variation with variable speed
drives or sequenced control of multiple units Stop running multiple pumps—add an auto-start
for an online spare or add a booster pump in the problem area
Use booster pumps for small loads requiring higher pressures
THOU OUGHT TO DISPOSE OF GRACIOUSLY
THOU OUGHT TO DESIGN WITH CARE
THOU SHALT FOCUS ON SAVING ENERGY
Pumps provide safe disposal of wastes—
be it wastewater or other unwanted
byproducts—by keeping the product safe and secure.
However, the pumping solution to the waste disposal is
product specific. Peristaltic pumps, lobe pumps, Archimedes
screw pumps, jet pumps, diaphragm pumps and centrifugal
pumps are best utilised for the purpose.
Vacuum transfer & pumping: More often, wastes
contain hazardous gas or materials that need to be
transferred via vacuum. These vacuum transfer &
pumping systems minimise the need to enter into tanks
or vessels to carry out cleaning. While the application of
this technology does not always provide the complete
solution, it can significantly reduce the man hours needed
in the vessel and thus reduce the
possibility of exposure to hazards and
risks. Besides, the vacuum transfer pumping system
provides emission-compliant engines, integral bunds and
noise suppression and enhanced atmospheric protection.
Waste-to-green: A majority of Indian plant operators
dispose of the waste by selling, recycling or simply
disposing. Global engineering and technology corporation,
Metso, provides automation technologies based on
peristaltic dosing pumps that can maximise a plant’s
incineration capacity while keeping combustion and
steam production stable. A suitable pump solution can
automate the process and with the waste-to-green idea, it
can solve the energy problem to some extent.
While pumps are chosen because of
their mechanical performances, one
needs to realise that along with their brilliant mechanical
performances, these pumps also bring with them several
disadvantages in the form of corrosion, friction and
high-pressure pump failure. There is, therefore, a need
for special designs, which will cater to the containment of
pressure and fluid sealing to minimise corrosion and friction.
These are usually not taken into
account during their design stage, and,
as a result, pose bigger threats later. Take, for instance, the
pump failure in the NHPC power project in Himachal 2006
that claimed six lives. As the process of industrialisation and
modernisation gathers momentum in the wake of globalisation,
the demand for pumps and its connecting parts is expected to
enhance. Hence, extra caution needs to be exercised during
Minor upgradations, such as eliminating
standby periods and trimming the
impeller diameter by 75%, can save a considerable amount
of energy. The cost of saving energy does not always cost
as much as presumed. The following
table indicates some solutions that
can help save energy by pumping under the Best Efficient
Performance (BEP).
Symptoms that indicate potential opportunity for energy savings Symptom Likely reason Best solutions
Throttle valve-controlled
systems
Oversized pump Trim impeller, smaller
impeller, variable speed drive,
two-speed drive, lower RPM
Bypass line (partially or
completely) open
Oversized pump Trim impeller, smaller
impeller, variable speed drive,
two-speed drive, lower RPM
Multiple parallel pump system
with the same number of
pumps always operating
Pump use not
monitored or
controlled
Install controls
Constant pump operation in a
batch environment
Wrong system
design
On-off controls
High maintenance cost (seals,
bearings)
Pump operated
far away from
BEP
Match pump capacity with
system requirement
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 61
PUMPS: 10 GROWTH COMMANDMENTS
THOU SHALT KEEP THE MANUFACTURING COST LOW
THOU SHALT NOT DO ANY WRONG AND BESEECH THE SAME
Cost and compatibility are the key
factors behind sustainability. As the
cost of materials rise over time, technology & innovation
will help keep the cost of manufacturing low. Elaborating
further, Prasanna says, “In India, we have developed a new
plasma pump that is much more economical. We are now
selling it to China, Brazil, Germany and Italy, among other
countries. For instance, we can now deliver a pump that costs
€750 in Germany, for € 250.” Apart form the pump’s cost,
the operational cost must also be considered. To lower the
operational cost:
Activate the timer at the required intervals: This will
automate the process with complete control without
spending too much on control.
Keep the intake grates clear of debris: Clogged drains
require the pump to work harder, which uses more energy.
Hence, it is important to backwash your filter appropriately.
Optimise the pump size as per the requirement: Also, keep the impellers’
diameter short.
Operational cost has a lot to do with frictional power loss: Frictional power depends on the rate of flow, pipe size,
length of the pipe and properties of the pumped liquid.
Optimising them will bring down the operational cost.
Compute the annual and life cycle cost: Compare it with
the projected cost. Working on the gap will help bring
the cost down.
Evaluate pumping costs for a couple of pumps: Also, try to
accommodate the pipe size with the lowest overall life cycle
cost, particularly in systems dominated by friction head.
Look for how to reduce the friction factor: Thermoplastic
or epoxy-coated steel pipes in accordance with applications
can reduce friction by more than 40%, thereby saving
much of the operational cost
The Indian pump industry has its own
set of issues that need to be sorted out in
time by the government, if the industry has to be brought back
on track. Every hour, there is a pump failure in the country.
However, the culprit here is not the quality of the pump, but
quality of power. Besides, the poor quality of power has given
rise to unnecessary costs, viz. stabiliser and other support control
systems that are as costly as the pump itself. Additionally, there
are other minor issues—like Form ‘C’—which are threatening
the growth prospects of the pump industry. “By filling
Form ‘C’, you can avail around 2% rebate over VAT, which
is 14.5%. But it is not easily available and costs you much
more time, manpower and productivity,”
says Prasanna. Resolving the issues of
the pumps industry will, in turn, help resolve several other
connected issues. For instance, in almost all the metros, there
is huge scarcity of water supply that can only be met by using
more and more pumps. The increasing use of pumps will also
offer a boost to the agriculture and irrigation sector, which
are the lifeline sectors of the country. However, for this to
materialise, the government needs to intervene.
suprita.anupam@network18publishing .com
With inputs from Bureau of Energy Efficiency
the selection stage itself. One needs to opt for the right
type of pump design for the desired pumping service to
obtain reliability as well as profitability in the present
competitive industrial market. To ensure the same, here
are some of the factors that need to be kept in mind:
While designing a pump size, its size and the
pressure required for moving the fluid must be taken
into consideration. One must also take into account
the chemical and physical nature of the fluid.
Distribution of flow or pressure should be designed in
such a way that erosion and cavitation is minimal.
An alloy with good foundry characteristics must be selected
for parts of the pumps that come in contact with water.
A compatible wrought alloy must be preferred for items
such as shafts and stems.
Each pump design comes with some disadvantages. For
instance, centrifugal pumps can be horizontal, vertical: in
line, vertical: submerged or canned. The horizontal design
is not usually self-priming and can lose prime if air/
vapour is present. Besides, it has poor performance on
viscous liquids. In case of vertical: in line, bottom bearing
becomes contaminated. Hence, it is advised to go with
the symptoms in advance rather than replacing it later
after a disaster actually takes place.
Essential parameters of pump designFluid Nature and composition, concentration, pH, aeration, impurities,
chemical additions, suspended solids, variations with time
Temperature Minimum, maximum and normal; any possible thermal shocks
Pressure Range, including vacuum
Flow Volume with time, velocity including any local turbulence
Operation Continuous, intermittent, standby
Contamination Effect on fluid of any corrosion products which may be produced
Requirements Reliability required, minimum life, ease and cost of maintenance
62 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
FIVE DISCOURSES OF VALVES
V
Valves are inherently present in all the applications we use in our day-to-day lives. Strangely, we hardly ever notice them. From nuclear, hydro, or thermal power to the tap water we use in our daily life, all the mechanical pressures are handled and controlled by valves. Here’s a look at the various aspects of valves that can be considered as fi ve
‘discourses’ of the Indian valve industry...
alves, as accessories regulating the flow of fluids
(both liquids and gases), have been in existence
for centuries. Romans were the first to invent
valves in 25 AD. However, it was only by 1775
that it started taking the shape of an industry
as the demand for more and more pressure valves from a
growing steam industry began to increase. Initial globe valves
were designed using cast iron or alloys brass and bronze. In
the modern times, a number of technical advancements have
been made in terms of steel valves, pressure-seal bonnets
and corrosion-resistant valves to fulfil the requirement of
regulating 100-octane aviation fuel. But are these technical
advancements sufficient?
The global demand in the valves industry has been rising
at 5.4% annually and is expected to reach a market cap
of $94 billion by the end of 2016. At US$1.6 billion, the
Indian valve industry is growing at over 10% per year. This
trend is likely to continue for the next 5–10 years owing to
the huge investments made in the pipeline, power, water, oil
and refineries. However, this is not enough when compared
to China, which is showing a steady growth of 14.7%.
Like all other industries, the valves industry too faced a
slowdown during recession. However, it still managed to
grow at 10–12% because of its versatility in not only serving
various industries, but also in terms of product range. The
growth of the Indian valve industry is dependent on the
growth of other industries, such as infrastructure, electric
power, gas, oil, refinery, chemical industry, pharmaceuticals,
petroleum, etc. Elaborating on this, Anand Radhakrishnan,
CEO, Amrutha Technologies and Valve Solutions, informs,
“Although the Indian economy has been growing at
a steady pace, there have been many bottlenecks in the
implementation and execution of new projects announced
over the last two years in the oil & gas and energy sector.
This holds true for most of the public sector projects. Even
though there are many projects announced from time-to-
time, they are not sufficient to sustain the energy needs of a
large country like India.”
The valves industry, so far, has been dominated by
conventional valves (60% of the total), but the rising demands
for automotive valves will overturn the data by the end of
2020. The East–West Gas Pipeline Project of Reliance has
maintained the demand for gate valves and ball valves in
double digits. At the same time, plumbing and other control
valves have found applicability in drip irrigation, sprinkler
irrigation, oil & gas, power generation, etc.
Exports and expectations are on the rise. These need to
be encashed graciously while ensuring that the quality is as
good as the expectations. The following five ‘discourses’ will
help you understand the valves industry better…
SUPRITA ANUPAM
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 63
FIVE DISCOURSES OF VALVES
Indian exports have been rising at
20%, but is it enough? Statistics
reveals that the domestic market is
growing at 10% with imports registering a 6.4% growth.
Hence, the actual export figures are not the same as
projected. German and Italian manufacturers/suppliers
are the major countries from where India is importing
its valves as they offer the best quality. However, some
Indian manufacturers copy their products’ design as well
as logo in a bid to capture their market.
As per the data released by German Engineering
Federation, the valve industry has been badly affected
by illegal imitations, with 14% of the manufacturers
being affected. Actuators’ manufacturers are the next
most seriously affected business. The Federation’s survey
also shows that a large percentage of the imitations
and counterfeits originate from China; 71% of the
affected companies named China as the country where
the imitations originated, followed by Taiwan (12%),
India (11%) and South Korea (10%). The ‘imitation’
tag hurts the business prospects of manufacturers in
these countries. However, this
certainly does not imply that these
countries are void of manufacturers
that focus on quality. India has manufacturers like L&T
and BHEL that are extremely concerned about quality.
But these form a marginal percentage of Indian valve
manufacturers. Nonetheless, India has managed to attract
foreign investments. To this, Radhakrishnan adds, “There
is a growing interest among foreign valve manufacturers
to set up manufacturing plants in India close to the
foundries they have been sourcing from, due to stringent
environmental norms on foundries in other countries.
Their products are exported and find ready acceptance in
the international market through their well-established
global distribution channels. As far as the organised
sector is concerned, home-grown valve manufacturers,
like AIL, Virgo and BDK Valves, are finding a strong
market share in the global valve industry market.”
Valves are used in critical applications. Therefore, it
becomes very important that the quality of materials used
to manufacture them must be application oriented.
“We have an app for that,” famously
said the late Steve Jobs. Before
releasing the first iPhone, Jobs had some 15 amazing
models from which the actual iPhone was selected.
Though Apple has applied all those designs for patents
for the sake of just what they did, they did not bring it
to the market. The reason: ‘Boom’ presenter, Steve Jobs,
believed in ‘not giving alternatives,
but in giving the best’. While we
merely state ‘necessity is the mother
of invention’, he actually did it.
Demand and applications are very
closely correlated. Both rely on each
other. It is up to you how to use
it. Jobs first created a product and
then, went on to create a demand
for it—be it an iPhone, iPad or an
iPod. This instance can be looked
at from the point of view of the valves industry. Unlike
the European countries, particularly Italy and Germany,
Indian valve manufacturers wait for the demand to rise,
i.e., they just follow the trend. This is where they lag
when compared to their Chinese
counterparts. Commenting on the
same, Hemlata Joglekar, ESE Manager, Alfa Laval India,
explains, “An economical and effective process is about
two things—simplicity and control.”
Though the Indian valve exports are growing at 20%
per annum, they are still not able to encash on the
proportional demand that has been
shifted to Asian countries, which
have a stronghold on almost half of
the world’s valve market. The major
reason behind it is that the Indian
valve industry is unorganised.
Barring a few manufacturers, others
have not explored the demands
that might come from outside the
country, even though they have the
necessary certifications.
The following organisations govern the international
valve industry:
American Petroleum Institute (API)
Manufacturer Standardisation Society (MSS)
BLESSED ARE THOSE WHO DO IT RIGHT
BLESSED ARE THOSE WHO SUPPLY TO THE DEMAND
The sectors where Indian valve manufacturers are still lagging include hydrocarbon processing, which requires a robust design to prevent cavitation and fl ashing, intelligent valve positioner market and special valve demands like counterbalance valves & nuclear power valves.
FIVE DISCOURSES OF VALVES
64 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
International Organisation for Standardisation (ISO)
American Water Works Association (AWWA)
Instrument Society of America
National Society of Corrosion Engineers (NACE).
Having ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 certifications
makes manufacturers eligible to sell their products
across the globe. However, there are certain
application-specific organisations, like AWWA, which
give manufacturers an added edge. These application-
specific organisations ensure that a particular valve design
fulfils the application requirement. Therefore, obtaining
these certifications definitely gives manufacturers an
edge in terms of encashing on application-based
demands.
The size of valves varies from 0.1 mm to 5 m, and
so do their applications. Further, there are one, two,
or three-port valves, V-notch ball control valve bodies,
eccentric-disk control valve bodies and eccentric-plug
control valve fitting the requirement. The market sector
that these capture include wastewater, home plumbing
systems, heating ventilating and air-conditioning,
fire-conditioning, general industry, power, oil &
gas and refinery. Here, the sectors where Indian
valve manufacturers are still lagging include
hydrocarbon processing, which requires a robust
design to prevent cavitation and flashing, intelligent
valve positioner market and special valve demands like
counterbalance valves & nuclear power valves. Analysing
the demand possibilities can be the key factor to develop
new applications that might fuel the valve industry
exponentially.
With smart-bus and fieldbus
controls and new designs like triple-
offset butterfly valves, metal-seated
ball valves, improved materials—high Cr/Mo alloys,
superalloys, extended life seating and hard facing overlay
welding technology, technology advancements have been
made not only in valves’ design and material, but also in
the complete system including bonnets, actuators, trim
materials, gaskets and exotic—high and superalloys. The
valve response depends on the flow speed and actuating
type, whether hydraulic, pneumatic or electric. As
compared to others, pneumatic valves indicate a speedy
and good response. This is one of the important areas of
valve research, particularly in the field of nuclear power,
where a response delayed by even a millisecond can result
in losses amounting to `10-50 lakh.
Currently. there are technological advancements in
the fields of:
High-temperature alloys
Advanced computer control and actuation
Fugitive emission control
Packaging of bigger valves with diameter in metres
Bigger valves fitting.
Here, the focus of the technology is on stemless
valve technology, their applications, butterfly valves,
cryogenic valves & their applications, digitalisation of
valve actuators and positioners.
Stemless valve technology: Unlike traditional valves,
stemless valve technology secures fluids, vapours and
toxic & hazardous fluids from
any leakage, thereby saving the
environment. Seamless valves can
withstand high pressure and are capable of providing
torques up to 6,000 inch-lbs while opening and closing
under the harshest of conditions. One example of such
a valve is MagBall™ Valve, which caters to aerospace,
cryogenic, fuel cells and petrochemical industries.
Magnetic valve technology: Developed by Big Horn,
the magnetic valve technology combines the proven ball
and ball seal technology with new magnetic stemless
valve actuation. The technology provides uniform
levitation valve actuation, smooth low-turning torque,
fill-safe magnetic interlock, improved safety, 360°
rotational cartridge with longer seal life offering minimal
flow loss.
Digitalisation of valve actuators and positioners: A
weak response and fluid leakage from the best ergonomic
and robust valves forced manufacturers to reconsider
the accuracy of actuation & positioning. Companies
such as ABB, Yokogawa, Festo, etc., have digitalised
the valve actuators and positioners, thereby providing
a host of benefits in process plant applications, such
as hydrocarbon. Thus, this smart technology is able
to control multiple air-operated valves. Though some
benefits from the technology are yet to come, the
uniqueness of the technology lies in accuracy, better
troubleshooting and easy handling.
Smart ValveTM monitoring system: The system
BLESSED ARE THE DISCIPLES OF TECHNOLOGY
SEA
RC
H
Sept
embe
r 20
12 A
d N
ame:
Mits
ubhi
shi
Pg
No.
65
SEA
RC
H Septem
ber 2012 Ad N
ame: D
SM Pg N
o. 66
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 67
FIVE DISCOURSES OF VALVES
There are loads of internal and external factors
that affect the performance of valves. The
countable parameters are dead band, actuator-
positioner design, valve response time, valve
type and characterisation, valve sizing, etc. The
competition has forced companies to produce
highest quality and efficient valves. Controlling
the process control variables written above,
one can manage to get the best efficiency for
a given application. Further, efficiency has
a lot to do with energy savings, which is now
connected with green initiatives. Expatiating
further, Radhakrishnan comments, “As far as
energy-saving techniques for the valve industry
are concerned, I would give core focus to air
compressors. Compressed air is the highest
energy drainer. Only 5% of electrical energy
is converted to compressed air that is used to
drive pneumatic tools and other instrumentation
equipment. Some basic techniques are to ensure
low inlet air temperature—increasing the inlet air
temperature by 3°C increases power consumption
by 1%, while reducing discharge pressure by 10%
saves energy consumption by up to 5%. Finally,
leakage from a half-inch diameter hole from a
single compressed air line working at a pressure
of 7 kg/cm2 can drain almost `2,500 per day.”
ASME and API standards are the universal guidelines to
test (shell test & seat test) as per product type, size and
class in the medium of air or water. Though this ensures
longevity with quality, ultimately it is the circumstances
that demand proper maintenance of valves. Further, it
is always better to repair in time than to replace later,
as repairing valves cost only 5–35% of the replacement
cost. Besides, repairing saves time as well. Repairing
can be on-site and off-site. On-site repairing is less
time consuming and less expensive. The machines and
instruments that are required for on-site repairing include:
BLESSED ARE THE BELIEVERS OF ENERGY EFFICIENCY
BLESSED ARE THOSE WHO VALUE TIME & MONEY
consists of a SMART ValveTM wear-monitoring sensor
wire between reinforcing cords and wear rubber to alert
maintenance personnel if the tube needed to be replaced.
Low-power solenoid valves: These valves have been
developed as pilot valves to open and close larger ball
or butterfly valves or on control valves for fail-safe air
release in case there is a loss of power. It may find
applications in refining upstream, oil & gas, chemicals,
pharma & life sciences, food & beverage and power.
There is further scope for R&D in sliding-stem
control valve technologies and rotary shaft control
valve technologies. As per Radhakrishnan, “Innovation
in the valve industry will move seamlessly along with
new process designs by the licensors in the global
market. There has been a lot of innovation in valve
automation along with some valve trim improvements
to offer solutions to specific process applications in the
downstream manufacturing plants.” He adds, “As the
competition in the valve industry continues to grow
with over 5,000 valve manufacturers in India, there is
much pressure on the cost of the finished products.
Manufacturers need to move closer to foundries,
where skilled labour and power are available in abundance.
The introduction of automation in the manufacturing
process can also drive down costs. As far as alternate
materials are concerned, there has been some exposure
to plastics PolyPropylene valves, given their strength
to withstand corrosion. Carbon composites are
at an early stage of development and much needs to
be done.”
Courtesy EFCO
VALVA Portable grinding and lapping machine for valves and flanges
VSK-Tools Special tools for grinding conical seatings
VSK-TOP SEGMENTS
Conical top segments
VSA Portable high-speed grinding machine for valves and flanges
SL Portable gate valve grinding and lapping machine
HSS Portable high-speed gate valve grinding machine
TD Portable turning machine for working sealing seats and drill holes
TDF Portable turning machine for working flanges
TSD Portable gate valve turning machine
FLM Stationary face lapping machine
KS Grinding table for wedges and disks
SM Stationary grinding and lapping maching
ENT Tilt tables
LS Special tools for working metallic lens type gaskets and tube ends
68 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
MINING AND MINING EQUIPMENT
Aureus Announces Settlement of Weaju Legacy Mining Claims
Aureus Mining Inc has signed an agreement to acquire certain legacy mining rights from Weajue Hill Mining Corporation. The legacy mining rights are situated in the Weaju area, covering only 1.7 sqkm of the total 457 sqkm. Class A Mining Licence was granted by the Republic of Liberia to Bea Mountain Mining Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of Aureus.
American International Ventures settlement options with Bruner Mine to Patriot Gold
American International Ventures, Inc optioned the Bruner Mine to Patriot Gold on April 1, 2009, for eight annual payments totaling $315,000 and a balloon payment due on AIVN in April 2016, in the amount of $1,185,000. In addition, AIVN retained a 1.5% NSR wherein, PGOL has the option to purchase 1% of the NSR for an additional $500,000.
Green Technology Solutions: Could Canada Be the ‘Next Big Thing’ in Lithium Mining?
Rising global demand for lithium-ion batteries drives lithium prices higher and higher. Green Technology Solutions is exploring new opportunities in what could be the world’s next lithium hotspot— Canada. Lithium mining activities have recently drawn significant investing interest to Canada’s mining industry. Nova Mining acquired mining concessions in Saskatchewan, and Canada Lithium Corp is exploring an open-pit mine and processing plant in Quebec. GTSO could be the next company to capitalise on the worldwide boom in demand for lithium. That demand is being driven by increasing usage of lithium-ion batteries in everything from Apple iPads to electric vehicles. Some industry veterans predict that the demand for the metal could increase 20% this year over that of the previous year.
Klondike Gold Corp: JV Sets the Stage for Placer Gold Production on Indian River Project
Under the terms of a newly signed joint venture agreement with privately held Yukon Inc, Klondike Gold Corp’s Indian River Project’s construction work is under way. Klondike Gold entered into the Joint Venture (JV) with Yukon Inc to further explore and develop the Indian River mining project. The fully permitted placer gold property lies within the Indian River Valley—Yukon’s largest gold producer in the recent years—and is accessible by road from Dawson City.
China to develop three mines in North KoreaNorth Korea has signed a deal with China to jointly develop three mines in the North as the cash-strapped country steps up attempts to earn hard currency from overseas. The deal is the first foreign investment deal announced by the Beijing unit, which is run by the Committee of Investment and joint venture in charge of luring overseas capital and investment into the North. The joint North-China mining venture also illustrates growing exports of underground resources from the North to China, its closest ally and a major source of foreign currency.
McGuinty Government will test a thin spray-on lining that helps keep broken rock safely in place
Ontario is investing in innovative new technology that will help strengthen Sudbury’s position as a world mining leader. Through the Northern Ontario Heritage Fund Corporation, the Canadian Mining Industry Research Organisation will test a thin spray-on lining that helps keep broken rock safely in place in deep underground mining. The new product could become an important tool in ensuring the health and safety of underground workers.
Emerging Tech: Reality MiningReality Mining is defined as the ‘collection and analysis of machine-sensed environmental data pertaining to human social behaviour in order to identify predictable patterns of behaviour.’ This mobile technology has tremendous potential to comprehend the pattern of human life, in understanding of ourselves, organisations & society, and by analysing digital traces through sensors in mobile phones, cars, security cameras, RFID readers, GPS technology, etc.
� In the News � Joint Ventures
� Emerging technologies
Compiled by Prateek Sur
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 69
MINING AND MINING EQUIPMENT
MINING PROCESSES AND STAGES: Mapping The Life Cycle Of A Mine .....................................70
EMERGING TRENDS: Expectations 2012 For Global Mining Sector ..............................................76
MINING OF FUELS: Fuelling Power Into Indian Mining ..................................................................85
INDIAN COAL SCENARIO OVERVIEW: A Resource-Full Reserve ...............................................88
URANIUM MINING: Nuclear Energy: Towards Attaining Self-Reliance ..........................................92
OVERVIEWING SOME MAJOR MINERAL ORES: Minerals: The Essential Elements Of Growth ..96
MINING EQUIPMENT: Enhancing Mining’s Efficiency Quotient ...................................................108
SAFETY IN MINING: Mining’s Achilles Heel .................................................................................110
ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF MINING: Is The Eroders Of Earth Tag Justified? ....................116
NATIONAL POLICIES ON MINING: A Guiding Light For Indian Mining .....................................122
FDI IN MINING: A Goldmine Of Business Opportunities .............................................................124
MERGERS, ACQUISITIONS AND JOINT VENTURES: Envious Deals To Deliver Demands .......130
GLOBAL MINING DEALS 2011–12: Empowering Nations ..........................................................134
MINING PROCESSES AND STAGES
70 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
he mining processes
involve many stages—
from exploration and
site development to
reclamation. The steps
that contribute directly to mineral
extraction are called ‘production
operations’. These constitute the
production cycle of operations.
The ancillary steps that support the
production cycle are termed as ‘auxiliary
operations’. The unit operations of
mining are the basic steps that are
used to produce mineral from the
deposit, while the auxiliary operations
are used to support them. During the
development and exploitation stages
of mining, when natural materials are
extracted from the earth, remarkably
similar unit operations are normally
employed. The production cycle
employs unit operations that are
normally grouped into rock breakage
and materials handling. Breakage
generally consists of drilling & blasting,
while material handling encompasses
loading or excavation and haulage
(horizontal transport), and sometimes
hoisting (vertical or inclined transport).
The basic production cycle consists of the following unit operations:Production cycle =
drill + blast + load + haul
PROSPECTINGProspecting—the first stage in the
utilisation of a mineral deposit—
involves searching for ores or other
valuable minerals (metallic or non-
metallic). Mineral deposits may be
located either at or below the surface
of the earth, using both direct and
indirect prospecting techniques. The
direct method of discovery, normally
limited to surface deposits, consists
of visual examination of either the
exposure (outcrop) of the deposit or
the loose fragments (float) that have
weathered away from the outcrop.
Geologic studies of the entire area
augment this simple, direct technique.
With the help of aerial photography,
geologic maps and structural assessment
of an area, the geologist gathers
evidence by direct methods to locate
mineral deposits. Precise mapping and
structural analysis plus microscopic
studies of samples also enable the
geologist to locate the hidden as well
as surface mineralisation.
The most valuable scientific tool
employed in the indirect search for
hidden mineral deposits is geophysics,
the science of detecting anomalies
using physical measurements of
gravitational, seismic, magnetic,
electrical, electromagnetic and
radiometric variables of the earth. The
geophysics methods are applied with
the help of aircraft and satellites, on
the surface of the earth, and beneath
the earth by using methods that probe
below the topography. Geochemistry,
the quantitative analysis of soil, rock
& water samples, and geobotany, the
analysis of plant growth patterns, are
also employed as prospecting tools.
EXPLORATIONThe second stage in the life of a
mine, i.e., exploration, determines
as accurately as possible the size and
value of a mineral deposit, utilising
techniques similar to but more refined
than those used in prospecting.
The line of demarcation between
prospecting and exploration is not
sharp; in fact, a distinction may not
be possible in some cases. Exploration
is generally limited to surface and
sub-surface locations, using a variety
of measurements to obtain a more
positive picture of the extent and
grade of the ore body. Representative
T PRATEEK SUR
The production operations in mining tend to be separate and cyclic in nature, although the trend in modern mining and tunnelling is to eliminate or combine functions. In order to increase the continuity of extraction, production cycle and certain auxiliary operations must be performed. Here are the major stages and processes that comprise the whole of the mineral production via the mining process.
MINING PROCESSES AND STAGES
72 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
samples may be subjected to chemical,
metallurgical, X-ray, spectrographic or
radiometric evaluation techniques that
are meant to enhance the investigator’s
knowledge of the mineral deposit.
Samples are obtained by chipping
outcrops, trenching, tunnelling and
drilling. In addition, borehole logs
may be provided to study the geologic
and structural make-up of the deposit.
Rotary, percussion or diamond drills
can be used for exploration purposes.
Diamond drills are more favoured as
the cores they yield provide knowledge
of the geologic structure. The core is
normally split along its axis; one half
is analysed, while the other is retained
intact for further geologic study.
An evaluation of the samples enables
the geologist or mining engineer to
calculate the tonnage and grade, or
richness, of the mineral deposit. S/he
estimates the mining costs, evaluates
the recovery of the valuable
minerals, determines the
environmental costs and
assesses other foreseeable
factors in an effort to reach
a conclusion about the profitability
of the mineral deposit. The crux of
the analysis is whether the property is
just another mineral deposit or an ore
body. For an ore deposit, the overall
process is called ‘reserve estimation’,
that is, the examination and valuation
of the ore body. At the conclusion of
this stage, depending on the results
obtained, the project is developed,
traded to another party, or abandoned.
DEVELOPMENTThe third stage—development—
involves the opening up of a mineral
deposit for exploitation. With it begins
the actual mining of the deposit, now
called the ‘ore’. Access to the deposit
must be gained either by:
(1) Stripping the overburden, which
is the soil and/or rock covering the
deposit, to expose the near-surface ore
for mining
(2) Excavating openings from the
surface to access more deeply buried
deposits to prepare for underground
mining. In either case, certain
preliminary development work, such
as acquiring water and mineral rights,
buying surface lands, arranging for
financing and preparing permit
applications & an Environmental
Impact Statement (EIS), is generally
required before any development could
take place. When these steps have been
completed, the provision of a number
of requirements—access roads, power
sources, mineral transportation
systems, mineral processing facilities,
waste disposal areas, offices and other
support facilities—must precede actual
mining in most cases. Stripping of
the overburden will then proceed if
the minerals are to be mined at the
surface. Economic considerations
determine the stripping ratio, i.e.,
the ratio of waste removed to ore
recovered may range from as high as
45 yard/tonne (38 m/tonne) for coal
mines to as low as 1.0 yard/tonne (0.8
m/tonne) in metal mines. Some non-
metallic mines have no overburden
to remove, as the mineral is simply
excavated at the surface. Development
for underground mining is generally
more complex and expensive. It
requires careful planning and layout of
access openings for efficient mining,
safety & permanence. The principal
openings may be shafts, slopes or
adits; each must be planned to allow
passage for workers, machines,
ore, waste, air, water and utilities.
Many metal mines are located along
steeply dipping deposits, and, thus,
are opened from shafts, while drifts,
winzes & raises serve the production
areas. Many coal and non-metallic
mines are found in nearly horizontal
deposits. Their primary openings
may be drifts or entries, which may
be distinctly different from those of
metal mines.
EXPLOITATIONExploitation, the fourth stage of
mining, is associated with the actual
recovery of minerals from the earth.
Although development may continue,
the emphasis is on production. Usually,
only the required development is
done prior to exploitation to ensure
that production, once started, can be
continued uninterrupted throughout the
life of the mine. The mining method
selected for exploitation is determined
mainly by the characteristics of the
mineral deposit and the limits imposed
by safety, technology, environmental
concerns and economics. Geologic
conditions, such as the dip, shape and
strength of the ore & the surrounding
rock, play a key role in selecting the
method. Traditional exploitation
methods fall into two broad categories
based on locale, viz., surface mining
and underground mining. Surface
mining includes mechanical
excavation methods such
as open pit & opencast
(strip) mining, and aqueous
methods such as placer &
solution mining. Underground mining
is usually classified in three categories,
viz., unsupported, supported and caving.
RECLAMATIONThe final stage in the operation of
most mines is reclamation, the process
of closing a mine and recontouring,
revegetating and restoring the water &
land values. The best time to begin the
reclamation process of a mine is before
the first excavations are initiated. In
other words, mine planning engineers
should plan the mine keeping in view
the reclamation process. The mine
planning should help in minimising
the overall cost of mining plus
reclamation, and not just the cost of
mining itself. The new philosophy in
the mining industry is sustainability,
that is, the meeting of economic and
environmental needs of the present
while enhancing the ability of future
generations to meet their own needs.
While planning for the reclamation
By planning the mine for subsequent development, mine planners can enhance the value of the mined land and help convert it to a use that the public will consider favourable.
MINING PROCESSES AND STAGES
74 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
of any given mine, there are many
concerns that must be addressed. The
first of these is the safety of the mine
site, particularly if the area is open to
the general public. Office buildings,
processing facilities, transportation
equipment, utilities and other surface
structures must be removed before
reclamation could begin. The mining
company is then required to seal all
mine shafts, adits and other openings
that may present physical hazards. Any
existing high walls or other geologic
structures should be demolished
to prevent injuries or death due to
geologic failures.
The second major issue to be
addressed while reclaiming a mine site
is the restoration of the land surface,
the water quality and the waste disposal
areas so that long-term water pollution,
soil erosion, dust generation, etc., do
not occur. The restoration of native
plant species is often a very important
part of this process, as the plants
help build a stable soil structure and
naturalise the area. It may be necessary
to carefully place any rock or tailings
with acid-producing properties in
locations where rainfall has little effect
on the material and acid production
is minimised. The same may be true
of certain heavy metals that pollute
streams. Planning of the waste dumps,
tailings ponds and other disturbed
areas will help prevent pollution
problems. However, remediation work
may also be necessary to complete the
reclamation stage of mining and satisfy
the regulatory agencies.
The final concern of the mine-
planning engineer may be the
subsequent use of the land after
mining is completed. Old mine sites
can be converted to wildlife refuges,
shopping malls, golf courses, airports,
lakes, underground storagel facilities,
real estate developments, solid waste
disposal areas and other uses that can
benefit society. By planning the mine
for subsequent development, mine
planners can enhance the value of
the mined land and help convert it
to a use that the public will consider
favourable. The successful completion
of the reclamation of a mine will
enhance public opinion of the mining
industry and keep the mining company
in the good graces of the regulatory
agencies. The fifth stage of the mine
is thus of paramount importance and
should be planned at the earliest in the
life of the mine.
With inputs from Pawan Raj Gandhi, ASE,
Rajasthan State Mines and Minerals Ltd;
Shivendra Panthi, Mines Operating Manager,
Infrastructure and Mines India Pvt Ltd.
Stages In The Life Of A Mine
Stage/(Project Name) Procedure Time Cost/Unit Cost
Prospecting
(Mineral Deposit)
Precursors To Mining
Search For Ore
• Prospecting Methods Direct: Physical Indirect: Geophysical, Geochemical
• Locate Favourable Loci (Maps, Literature, Old Mines)
• Air: Aerial Photography, Airborne Geophysics, Satellite
• Surface: Ground Geophysics, Geology
• Spot Anomaly, Analyse, Evaluate
1–3 years $0.2–10 million or $0.05–1.00/tonne
($0.05–1.10/tonne)
Exploration
(Ore Body)
Defining Extent And Value Of Ore (Examination/Evaluation)
• Sample (Drilling Or Excavation), Assay, Test
• Estimate Tonnage And Grade
• Valuate Deposit (Hoskold Formula Or Discount Method):
Present Value = Income - Cost
• Feasibility Study: Make Decision To Abandon Or Develop
2–5 years $1–15 million or $0.20–1.50/tonne
($0.22–1.65/tonne)
Development
(Prospect)
Mining Proper
Opening Up Ore Deposit For Production
• Acquire Mining Rights (Purchase Or Lease), If Not Done In Stage-2
• File Environmental Impact Statement, Technology Assessment, Permit
• Construct Access Roads, Transport System
• Locate Surface Plant, Construct Facilities
• Excavate Deposit (Strip Or Sink Shaft)
2–5 years $10–500 million or $0.25–10.00/
tonne ($0.275–11.00/tonne)
Exploitation
(Mine)
Large-scale Production Of Ore
• Factors In Choice Of Method: Geologic, Geographic, Economic,
Environmental, Societal Safety
• Types Of Mining Methods Surface: Open Pit, Open Cast, etc.
• Underground: Room And Pillar, Block Caving, etc.
• Monitor Costs And Economic Payback (3–10 years)
10–30 years $5–75 million/yr or $2.00–150/tonne
($2.20–165/tonne)
Reclamation
(Real Estate)
Post-mining Restoration Of Site
• Removal Of Plant And Buildings
• Reclamation Of Waste And Tailings Dumps
• Monitoring Of Discharges
1–10 years $1–20 million or $0.20–4.00/tonne
($0.22–4.40/tonne)
EMERGING TRENDS
76 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
PRATEEK SUR
Despite tough economic conditions, the global demand for mining products is generally increasing. This presents both opportunities and challenges for mining companies. Due to signifi cant risks, such as dwindling global reserves, increasing project complexities, increasing government interventions and changing requirements from key stakeholders around environmental & social issues, meeting demand is a critical issue for the mining sector. Increasingly, more and more mining explorations are being located in remote and politically unstable regions of the world, which are often plagued with high rates of unemployment. These problems require the governments of various nations to take proactive steps to better manage the mining sector. Amid all these happenings, here are certain developments that we can expect to witness in 2012…
GROWTH AND GLOBAL DEMAND WILL CONTINUE TO DRIVE MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS (M&As) AND JOINT VENTURES (JVs)
Emerging nations have become the key drivers of economic
growth and urbanisation. It has been estimated that the world’s
middle class will increase to 4.88 billion in 2030 from the present
1.85 billion. Since urbanisation is highly resource intensive, it
will hugely increase the demand for steel in the near future,
with the demand for mid and late-cycle commodities expected
to spike over the long term. This does not even take into
consideration agricultural minerals or thermal coal, which are
also essential ingredients of urbanisation. Continued demand
from developing markets is likely to spur further M&As and
JVs across all resource sectors, with an especially intense focus
on early-cycle commodities. Traditional miners, as well as
steelmakers and other industrial verticals, will increasingly seek
acquisitions in the light of continued challenges with supply.
However, the cost of exploration is rising, largely due to the
following factors:
New mining discoveries have been difficult to come by
despite large investments in exploration.
The cost of organic mine development has continued to
increase due to rising energy, transportation & labour
costs. Cost pressures have been further exacerbated by
foreign exchange volatility.
EMERGING TRENDS
78 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
FINANCIAL BUYERS WILL GRADUALLY BEGIN TRANSACTING IN THE MINING SECTOR, ALTHOUGH THERE WILL BE A FEW DEALS
Financial buyers have traditionally been less than enamoured
with investing in the mining sector, and with good reason.
Mining investments are typically accompanied by:
Illiquidity and high capital expenditure requirements over
long hold periods (10+ years between typical discoveries
to commercial operations)
Regulatory, environmental and sovereign risks
Concentration risk (via single asset, single commodity,
single geography, etc.)
Price risk.
None of the above-mentioned problems is congruent
with the classic ‘buy–hold–sell’ model that many private
equity firms subscribed to during the first decade of this
millennium. However, the present global economic
slowdown, characterised by anaemic growth in the West,
low interest rates, volatile public markets and bullish long-
term sentiment for resources, has prompted PE funds and
Sovereign Wealth Funds (SWF) to pause and reconsider
their investments in the mining sector. It has been observed
that some of the world’s leading private equity firms and
SWFs are attempting to ‘figure out how to make mining
investment work’.
However, with most financial buyers still in the
investigative phase, the mining sector has not yet seen
significant capital inflows from SWFs or private equities.
At the same time, there are some encouraging signs to show
that the tide is slowly turning. Some recent deals involving
financial buyers are China Investment Corporation’s 2009
investments in South Gobi Resources, PT Bumi & Teck
Resources, Blackrock & First Reserve supporting Glencore’s
deal for Umcebo Mining in 2010 and Temasek’s investment
in Inmet Mining in 2010. The following deals amply prove
that financial companies are showing a continued interest
in mining:
Qatar Holding LLC (‘Qatar Holding’), a global
investment house founded by the Qatar Investment
Authority, is investing in and financing European
Goldfields. It provided a $600-million, seven-year loan
(secured against European Goldfields Greek gold assets)
plus a $150-million unsecured loan with equity
participation. The equity participation includes the
issuance of warrants to allow Qatar Holding to acquire
equity at a pre-determined price. In addition, Qatar
Holding conducted two separate transactions, acquired
9.9% of the undiluted share capital of European Goldfields
and entered into a call option agreement allowing for
further acquisition of company shares.
Taurus Minerals Ltd, a company formed at the direction
of CGNPC Uranium Resources Co Ltd and The China–
Africa Development Fund (an equity development fund),
has acquired Kalahari Minerals, which holds an indirect
interest in the world’s third-largest known primary
uranium deposit, the Husab Uranium Project in Namibia.
Beijing-based private equity firm Origo Partners PLC,
one of the largest buyout investors in the Mongolian
natural resource sector, collaborated with Dutch
commodity trading giant Trafigura in a joint coal and
iron ore mining venture in Mongolia. The JV, Trafigura–
Origo MGL, will invest in a number of already identified
coal and iron ore exploration projects in Mongolia with
the objective of targeting further high-grade deposits
with the potential for significant export volumes.
The industry expects that financial buyers will continue to
move into the mining sector, albeit in an extremely cautious
and calculated manner. Specifically, it can be expected that:
SWFs will seek out opportunities to invest non-controlling
stakes in both pre-development and producing projects.
The SWF value proposition, ceding cash without
takeover, may be attractive for cash-hungry developers in
growth markets with few financing options. SWF
partners may also be of interest to small and mid-size
producers who are not interested in tapping public
markets (a process that can be expensive and
highly restrictive).
Large Western funds (those with sufficient resources to
allocate to the mining sector in a diversified portfolio)
will continue to evaluate the mining sector in 2012. These
potential buyers will need to find projects at or near
production, in stable jurisdictions and with strong
management teams. With this aim, financial buyers will
compete with public equity markets, strategic buyers and
state-backed entities—all of which frequently place a
higher value on companies and projects. Relative to the
oil & gas industry, large-scale (greater than $100 million)
private equity has been relatively inactive in the mining
and metals industries. With regard to SWFs, industries
view the commodity market as strategic and, with respect
to future commodity, demand and potential low-cost
debt, are willing and able to pay higher prices than
traditional private equity. The competitive environment
for targets may also prompt pension or hedge funds to:
Utilise debt-like instruments to protect against downside
risk and earn preferred returns
Target resources that do not require multi-billion-dollar,
follow-on investments in infrastructure (as can be the case
with iron ore)
Focus on resources with unique drivers and lower risk
profiles. For example, thermal coal can be considered in
the energy sector; fertiliser minerals can be considered in
agriculture sector
Carefully monitor the market to identify projects that do
not have a ‘logical strategic buyer’.
EMERGING TRENDS
80 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
With inputs from PwC India
AN AFRICAN RENAISSANCE
Africa will emerge as one of the most important mining
M&A geographies in the future, and 2012 is going to be just
the start of its superiority in mining activities. Unparalleled
resource potential and an increasingly investor-friendly climate
are two key drivers in this development. The political climate
in Africa is also improving. Transparent and efficient mining
policies are being formulated and even calls for participation
by local capital & government have increased. The interest
in investing, even in countries as difficult as Zimbabwe, is
evident. Also, relatively high commodity prices, increasing
competition from Chinese investors (and elsewhere), and less
policy pressure from donors have helped to shift negotiating
leverage to the African governments. Many countries are
also more stable and better governed than in the recent
past, when the threat of war, unrest, or systemic regulatory
uncertainty deterred all, except but the most risk-tolerant
investors, who often received highly attractive terms.
The revival of African mining is obvious from the number
of new projects covering a range of commodities.
Copper: A number of projects, both greenfield and
brownfield, evenly spread in the various parts of the
continent, are in the pipeline and will be ready for
production within the next couple of years.
Uranium: The Namibian uranium boom continues and
considerable new supply, from mostly greenfield projects,
is projected before 2015. Niger will also expand its
production. Some other countries that are joining the
foray are Botswana, Zambia and Tanzania.
Iron ore: West Africa is the emerging hot spot in iron ore
mining. Greenfield projects in Sierra Leone, Guinea,
Liberia and Congo are well on track to create a new
global iron ore centre.
Coal: Three countries dominate the coal sector—South
Africa, Mozambique and Botswana. South Africa is the
leading producer. Mozambique will increase its production
considerably in the next couple of years. However,
Botswana has a lot to do as the necessary infrastructure is
not yet fully in place.
Therefore, while M&As and JVs in Africa will continue
apace, companies would be well-served in understanding the
new terms that they are likely to encounter when doing deals
in the continent.
WESTERN BUYERS WILL BE FORCED TO FIND BUSINESS MODELS THAT MAKE THE GROWTH MARKET DEALS ‘WORK’
The Western miners lag behind their growth market
counterparts with regard to transacting in the higher risk
emerging, developing and frontier regions. This has to
be changed if the Western mining titans want to remain
dominant through the next decade. Roughly three quarters
of the known reserves are believed to lie in countries outside
the developed market economy countries.
Gaining market and board acceptance for transactions
in growth markets will pose a significant challenge. Deals
in these markets, in general, have a notorious history of
being value destructive. A recent PwC study showed that
over 50% of all deals in growth markets that enter detailed
diligence fail to complete. The study also showed that post-
deal failures are expensive, with buyers losing an average
50% of their initial investment. Smaller mining entities,
in particular, may have difficulties effectively managing
operations in these markets.
The following strategies might help the West adapt to
this new paradigm:
Pursue multi-faceted partnerships with governments and
other miners. In addition to safeguarding against post-
deal ‘surprises’, these relationships can be an important
source of future deal flow. While partnerships are
important, 50–50 JVs should be avoided. They can be
tricky when consensus or exit is required.
Re-tool risk-evaluation strategies. There are no ‘perfect
investments’ in frontier markets. Risks need to be assessed
in order to take ‘calculated risks’. (Security risks are high
across Sub-Saharan Africa, for example, but identification
of a protected pocket may mitigate this risk).
Consider spinning off higher risk assets into a separate
entity to insulate slower growth and lower risk project
portfolio (although this strategy introduces financing
challenges).
Identify specific political risks that miners will be up
against and prepare the company’s board & shareholders
for the same. If transacting in an environment where
there is a high risk of instability with regard to taxation
and royalty schemes, it is better to engage local advisors
on these matters & engage them early.
As appropriate, revise the negotiating approach by
appreciating that ‘first-world standards’ may be foreign in
developing markets.
Contemplate what the exit options will be. Is a sale to
another strategic buyer possible if collaborating with a local
firm/government? What kinds of deal is the region seeing?
SEA
RC
H -
Sep
tem
ber
2012
Ad
Nam
e: M
GM
P
g N
o. 8
3
SEA
RC
H - Septem
ber 2012 Ad N
ame: A
MSA
K Pg N
o. 84
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 85
MINING OF FUELS
ndia faces a number of
power constraints, and
the primary reason for
this is the huge increase
in the population, which
has decreased the per capita availability
of power fuels like coal, oil & gas and
uranium. India has inadequate coal
reserves and that too of low calorific
value. Moreover, opaque government
policies also put an additional strain
on the coal mining sector. In the oil &
gas sector, India again has inadequate
reserves, forcing the country to import
nearly 70% of its fuel requirement.
Coupled with this, India also has a
complex geo-political environment,
making the situation more difficult.
Moving over to the hydroelectric
fuel resources, India has very limited
geographically suitable sites for
hydroelectric power generation. And
erratic monsoons & the fact that
the prime demand areas are miles
away from the hydroelectric power-
generation sites further complicate
this situation. Moreover, developing
the hydroelectric resources adversely
affects the ecology and also leads to
the displacement of a vast population.
In addition, the non-conventional
fuel resources have limited scope as the
present technologies are inadequate.
And the poor capacity factor and
the diffused location of resources
further complicate the fuel situation
of India. Therefore, an overview of
the availability of power fuels in India
becomes important.
COALCoal is a fossil fuel that is used
primarily for electric power generation
and for producing steel. To mine
coal, miners have to go into the earth.
However, many coal seams are located
close to the surface, which makes the
extraction of this resource easier.
Surface MiningIt typically uses a method called ‘strip
mining’, which is usually more cost-
effective than underground mining and
requires fewer workers to produce the
same quantity of coal. Here, workers
use huge earthmoving equipment,
such as power shovels or draglines, to
scoop off the layers of soil and rock
covering the coal seam. Once the
coal is exposed, it is broken by using
explosives. Smaller shovels are then
used to lift it from the ground and
load it into trucks.
Underground MiningIt is used when the coal deposit lies
deep below the earth. Tunnels are first
dug deep into the earth where the coal
is located. Depending on where the coal
seam is in relation to the surface, tunnels
may be vertical, horizontal or sloping.
Entries are constructed so that miners
can get themselves & their equipment
to the ore and carry it out, while, at the
same time, allowing fresh air to enter the
mine. Once dug to the required depth,
a mine’s tunnels interconnect with
a network of passageways branching
in many directions. Using the room-
and-pillar method, miners remove
sections of the coal as they work the
coal seam from the tunnel entrance to
the edge of the mine, leaving columns
of coal in place to help support the
ceiling together with long steel bolts.
This process is then reversed, and the
remainder of the ore is extracted, as the
miners work their way back out.
Longwall MiningIn the case of longwall mining (a
form of underground mining), self-
advancing roof supports, made of
hydraulic jacks and metal plates,
cover the area being mined. As coal is
removed, the entire apparatus advances,
I PRATEEK SUR
India is at a critical juncture, poised for stupendous growth. And if this opportunity is not to be jeopardised, it is vital India is at a critical juncture, poised for stupendous growth. And if this opportunity is not to be jeopardised, it is vital that we take appropriate steps to ensure there are suffi cient resources of energy to power India’s growth story. Though that we take appropriate steps to ensure there are suffi cient resources of energy to power India’s growth story. Though the present per capita power consumption is low in India, the growing population will increase it tremendously. In the present per capita power consumption is low in India, the growing population will increase it tremendously. In fact, by 2020, India needs to increase its installed generation capital from 138.73 GWe to 417 GWe. Also, the share fact, by 2020, India needs to increase its installed generation capital from 138.73 GWe to 417 GWe. Also, the share of nuclear power has to increase from 4,120 MWe to 20,000 MWe by 2020. Therefore, it becomes very important that of nuclear power has to increase from 4,120 MWe to 20,000 MWe by 2020. Therefore, it becomes very important that we increase the requirement for coal, oil & gas and uranium accordingly.we increase the requirement for coal, oil & gas and uranium accordingly.
into Indian MiningFuelling POWER
MINING OF FUELS
86 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
allowing the ceiling in the mined area
to cave in as the miners work back
towards the tunnel entrance.
OIL & GASThe oil & gas extraction produces the
petroleum and natural gas that are
extensivley used as fuel. They are also
the raw materials for plastics, chemicals,
medicines, fertilisers and synthetic
fibers. Decaying plants & animals
become trapped under impermeable
rocks for millions of years under
extreme heat & pressure, preventing
their dispersal. This creates a pocket of
oil. Similar processes produce natural
gas, which can be found mixed with
oil or in separate deposits. Finding
and extracting the oil & gas in these
pockets is the primary function of this
industry segment.
Preparations Before ExtractionSmall crews of specialised
workers search for geologic
formations, on land and
at sea, which are likely
to contain oil or gas.
Sophisticated equipment and advances
in computer technology have increased
the productivity of exploration.
Maps of potential deposits now are
made using remote-sensing satellites.
Seismic prospecting—a technique
based on measuring the time that
sound waves take to travel through
underground formations and return
to the surface—has revolutionised oil
& gas exploration. Computers and
advanced software analyse seismic data
provide three-dimensional models of
sub-surface rock formations. Another
method of searching for oil & gas is
based on collecting and analysing core
samples of rock, clay and sand in the
earth’s layers.
Processes Involved In Extraction After scientific exploration studies
indicate the possible presence of oil, a
well must be drilled to prove the same.
A well site is selected and a derrick—a
tower-like steel structure—is installed
to support the drilling equipment. A
hole is drilled deep into the earth until
oil or gas is found, otherwise the site
is abandoned.
Similar techniques are employed
in offshore drilling, except that the
drilling equipment is part of a steel
platform that either sits on the
ocean floor, or floats on the surface
and is anchored to the ocean floor.
Advancements in directional or
horizontal drilling techniques, which
allow increased access to potential
reserves, have had a significant impact
on drilling capabilities. Drilling begins
vertically, but the drill bit can be
turned so that drilling can continue at
an angle of up to 90°. This technique
extends the drill’s reach, enabling it to
reach separate pockets of oil or gas.
Extracting Oil And Gas Once the drilling reaches the oil or
gas reserve, extraction can begin as the
natural pressure forces the oil or gas up
through the drill hole to the wellhead,
where it enters separation and storage
tanks. If the natural pressure is not
great enough to force the oil to the
surface, pumps may be used. In
some cases, water, steam or gas may
be injected into the oil deposit to
improve recovery. The recovered oil is
transported to refineries by pipelines,
ships, barges, trucks or railroad.
Natural gas is usually transported to
processing plants by pipeline. While oil
refineries may be many thousands of
miles away from the producing fields,
gas processing plants typically are near
the fields, so that impurities such as
water, sulphur and natural gas liquids
can be removed before the gas is piped
to customers. The oil refining industry
is considered a separate industry, and
its activities are not covered here, even
though many oil companies extract as
well as refine oil.
URANIUMThe country’s uranium production
is controlled by the Uranium
Corporation of India Ltd (UCIL),
which has operations in Jaduguda,
Bhatin, Narwapahar, Turamdih and
Domiasiat mines. The company has
uranium recovery plants at Rakha,
Surda and Mosaboni. UCIL is poised
to develop what has been identified as
one of the world’s highest grade near-
surface ore bodies situated at Domiasiat
in the West Khasi Hills. Domiasat
has reserves estimated to contain as
much as 10,000 tonne of uranium.
Studies by the Uranium Institute
estimate that India produces nearly
200 tonne of uranium per year. The
uranium ore mining and processing
industry of the country began at
Jaduguda in 1968. It has demonstrated
impressive growth during these years
with four operating mines and meeting
the entire nuclear fuel requirement of
the country. The country
now has a definite plan
for multi-phase expansion
of the nuclear power
programme, with self-
reliance in raw materials being the
basic drive. The uranium mining
industry is fully geared up to meet
the challenge of uranium fuel demand
by undertaking uranium mining
and processing activities. Several new
uranium ore-mining projects are in
the pipeline. The technologies of
mining, processing and tailings’
disposal have also undergone
improvement by following global
advancements in these fields.
WHAT THE FUTURE HOLDSIt will not be an exaggeration to say that
fuels are indispensable for the economy
of all nations. However, the extensive
usage of fossil fuels has placed the
environment in a state of compromise.
Therefore, we need to review our
legislation and develop renewable
resources as alternatives. However, until
the time it happens, we will have to
continue to use fossil fuels.
Seismic prospecting—a technique based on measuring the time that sound waves take to travel through underground
formations and return to the surface—has revolutionised oil & gas exploration.
INDIAN COAL SCENARIO OVERVIEW
88 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
he major coalfields
of India are mainly
distributed along the
river valleys of Damodar,
Sone & Mahanadi,
Pench & Kanhan and Wardha &
Godavari rivers. Peninsular India has
69 major coalfields, while the North-
eastern region has 17. The bulk of
the coal reserves are confined to the
South-eastern quadrant of the country,
i.e., in the states of West Bengal,
Jharkhand, Orissa, Chhattisgarh and
Madhya Pradesh.
The Geological Survey of India
has estimated the coal reserves of the
country at 285.8 billion tonne (Bt)–up
to the depth of 1,200 m, as on March
31, 2011. Of the 285.8 Bt, ‘prime’
coking coal reserves comprise of 5.3
Bt, while medium & semi-coking coal
reserves and non-coking coal reserves
comprise of 28 Bt and 250.8 Bt,
respectively. Most of these resources
occur in the Gondwana rocks and the
balance in the tertiary formations.
The present lignite reserves in the
country have been estimated at around
39.7 Bt, most of which occur in Tamil
Nadu. Other states where lignite
deposits have been located include
Rajasthan, Gujarat, Kerala, Jammu &
Kashmir and the Union Territory of
Pondicherry.
Indian coal has high mineral
content (ash) unlike Pennsylvanian
and Carboniferous coal of America
and Europe, respectively. The Jharia
coalfield is the main source of prime
coking coal for India, while superior
grade non-coking coal reserves
are generally available in Raniganj
coalfields of West Bengal, Central
India coalfields of Madhya Pradesh
and Talcher coalfields of Orissa.
COAL RESOURCESAt the time of Independence in
T
India stands 8th in terms of total world coal resources, 4th in identifi ed reserves and 3rd in terms of annual coal production. As assessed by the Planning Commission, the demand for coal during 2010–11 was 572 Mt. The demand for power, steel and cement in a developing country is closely related to its economic growth, as steel and cement production depends on coal. It is very important to provide coal of adequate quantity & quality to power, steel and cement sectors. Therefore, coal mining becomes very important for a country’s development. Here, we present an overview of coal mining in India.
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 89
INDIAN COAL SCENARIO OVERVIEW
1947, the coal mining operation was
primarily in the private sector and the
total coal production in the country
was nearly 30 million tonne (Mt) per
year. It remained primarily in the
private sector up to 1971–73 and the
production had reached nearly 72 Mt
per year only. From 1972–73, the
government nationalised the entire
coal industry and then made massive
investments in the sector. As a result,
India now ranks as the third largest
coal producer of the world, next only
to China and the US.
In India, the mining depths of the
coalfields are quite shallow, barring
a few mines in Jharia and Raniganj
coalfields. About 87% of the coal
resources of the country lie within the
depth range of 600 m. It is expected
that the total amount of the coal
reserves will improve considerably if
we increase the depth of exploration.
Deposit characteristics widely vary
from coalfield to coalfield. In some
areas like Jharia and Raniganj coalfields,
high concentration of superimposed
seams (sometimes as high as 40 in
number) pose great challenges to
mining operations. The presence of a
large number of thick seams, though
a blessing for opencast mining, is a
major problem for underground
mining. Moreover, steeply inclined
seams have only marginal reserves.
Then, there are geological
inconsistencies, like faults, folds,
washouts, etc., that tend to reduce the
mining potential of the coal deposits.
Intrusions such as dykes & sills often
lead to operational problems and
quality deterioration.
Nearly all Indian coal seams are
prone to spontaneous heating. The
incubation period varies from two to
12 months. However, compared to the
other parts of the world, the coal seams
in India produce less gas emission.
COAL INDUSTRY IN INDIACoal India Ltd (CIL) is the largest
Public Sector Undertaking (PSU).
It has eight subsidiaries, viz., Bharat
Coking Coal Ltd, Central Coalfields
Ltd, Eastern Coalfields Ltd, Western
Coalfields Ltd, South Eastern
Coalfields Ltd, Northern Coalfields
Ltd, Mahanadi Coalfields Ltd, and
Central Mine Planning & Design
Institute Ltd.
The Singareni Collieries Co Ltd
(SCCL) is a coal-mining company
jointly owned by the Government of
Andhra Pradesh and the Government
of India. The Singareni coal reserves
stretch across 350 km of the Pranhita-
Godavari Valley of Andhra Pradesh
with proven geological reserves of 8,791
Mt. SCCL is currently operating 13
opencast and 37 underground mines in
Andhra Pradesh.
The Coal Mines (Nationalisation)
Act, 1973, was amended with effect
from June 9, 1993, to allow coal mining
by both private and public-sector
companies for captive consumption
for the production of iron & steel,
power generation, coal washing and
other such end uses, which would
be notified by the government from
time to time. Cement production has
also been allowed as an end use with
effect from March 5, 1996, for captive
mining. However, the restriction of
captive mining does not apply to the
state-owned coal/mineral development
undertakings, like CIL, SCCL,
Neyveli Lignite Corporation (NLC),
etc., and the Mineral Development
Corporations of the various State
Governments.
COAL PRODUCTIONCoal production achieved in the
country during 2010–11 was 533.07
Mt, while it was 523.16 Mt during
2009–10, showing a CAGR of 1.91%.
About 80.86% of the total coal
production in the country comes from
the collieries of CIL. CIL is also the
biggest supplier of coal in the country
as indicated in Table 1.
Table 1: Anticipated Coal Production — 2012–13 (In Million
Tonne)
Name of the Company
Coal Production
CIL 570
SCCL 58
Others 125
Total 753
COAL PRODUCTION BASED ON TECHNOLOGYBoth opencast and underground
mining are prevalent in India. In
2009–10, opencast mine production
grew by 5.54% to reach 457 Mt. In
the case of underground mines, the
production was 58.60 Mt in 2009–10
Imag
e by
Coa
l pro
duci
ng P
ipar
war
min
e
The government is removing controls on industry & trade and is reducing
the tariff on import. It is also permitting private investment and
is allowing majority shareholding by private/foreign sources in PSUs.
INDIAN COAL SCENARIO OVERVIEW
90 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
as shown in Table 2.
PRIVATE COAL MINING IN INDIAThe government’s strategy to allow
coal mining by stand-alone companies
that have tie-ups with steel, cement
and power companies for coal supplies
will become operational in the coming
months. Coal Ministry and Law
Ministry officials confirmed that those
mining companies that have supply
contracts with authorised users, viz.,
steel, cement & power companies
can have mining rights to the coal
blocks reserved for confined users,
even without amending the Coal
Mines (Nationalisation) Act, 1973.
The move will give a further push
to coal production and will play a
pivotal role in meeting the country’s
future demand.
INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIESPSUs have dominated the coal
production in the country since 1973–
74. However, with the opening up of
the economy since 1991, the scenario
has significantly changed. This is
because huge investments are required
to meet the increasing demand for
coal by power & other industries. The
government is looking at the private
sector to fill the gap.
The government is removing
controls on industry & trade, reducing
the tariff on import and allowing
private investment and is even allowing
majority shareholding by private/
foreign sources in the PSUs. The Coal
Mines (Nationalisation) Act, 1973, has
also been amended to allow private-
sector participation in coal mining as
captive mines for companies engaged
in opening new units for power
generation, coal preparation (washing)
and production of iron, steel & cement.
The government has already appointed
a Screening Committee under the
Ministry of Coal to allocate identified
coal blocks for captive mining to the
above categories. Hundred blocks have
already been identified, and several
companies given permission to operate
such blocks. Apart from these, there
are numerous investment opportunities
in the transfer of new technology,
manufacture of equipment/spares,
construction of road (both approach
and arterial) in coalfields, building rail-
lines, major repair workshops/spares
depots, environmental protection,
joint ventures for opening new mines,
for leasing of equipment, ancillary
& infrastructure developments,
in auxiliary industries and in the
development of ports & for handling
imported coal.
AREAS OF INTEREST FOR INDIAN COAL MINING COMPANIES Powered support Longwall/shortwall
Continuous miners in room and
pillar system
Roof bolting systems Application of light bolting
machines in bord and pillar
development galleries
Mechanised depillaring of coal
seams developed on bord and pillar
system
Prediction of strata behaviour in the
extraction of the developed pillars
by caving method
Design of roof support to permit
mechanised depillaring
Use of road haul dumper,
Table 3: COAL PROJECTS [in ` Crore (€ Million)] (Approximate Figures)
Particular BE 2009–10 RE 2009–10 BE 2010–11
Coal Sector
Projects under Implementation
Minell Expansion 320.77(49.34) 323.57(49.78) 224.11(34.47)
Barsingsar Mine 50(7.69) 27.71(4.26) 37.73(5.8)
Project under Formulation
Mine lll AAP 0.05(0.007) 0.01(0.0015) 0.02(0.0030)
Jayamkondam Mine AAP 83.90(12.90) 0.47(0.072) 0.23(0.035)
Bithnok Mines Project AAP 0.50(0.0769) 0.05(00.769) 0.18(0.027)
Hadla Mine project 0.24(0.036) 0.16(0.024) 0.18(0.027)
Palana Lignite Mines AAP
Gujarat Mines AAP 0.35(0.053) 0.02(0.0030) 0.03(0.0046)
Expansion for existing mine l & lA AAP
8.10(1.24) 0.01(0.0015) 0.37(0.0569)
Talabira ll & lll AAP 1.00(0.1538) 3.63(0.5584) 5.50(0.8461)
Riri Mine 1.35(0.20) 0.00 0.00
Science & Technology 3.00(0.461) 0.72(0.11) 2.85(0.438)
Geological Investigation 3.81(0.586) 6.15(0.94) 4.80(0.73)
Other Completed projects 51.79(7.69) 23.39(3.59) 36.57(5.62)
Total 524.09(80.44) 386.89(60.11) 312.57(48.06)
Table 2: Production of Coal and Its Share by Type of Mining
Type of Mining Opencast Underground Total Production
2008–09Production 433.7 58.97 492.75
Share (%) 88.03% 11.89% 100%
2009–10Production 457 58.60 515.6
Share (%) 88.63% 11.37% 100%
Growth (%) 5.54% -0.5% 4.67%
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 91
INDIAN COAL SCENARIO OVERVIEW
continuous miner
Application of mobile-powered
supports (crawler mounted) in
depillaring by caving method
Road headers Coal conveyor systems
Simple and cost-effective transport
system for men and material in
inclined roadways
Ventilation system in mines
Coal-handling arrangements High-speed loading equipment
Advanced geological exploration
techniques to prove faults with
small throw (less than 5 m);
in-depth range of 20–300 m
Communication system in
underground mines
Application of information
technology in mining activities
Simple methods for beneficiation of
coal; upgradation of coal needed for
power plants
Improved hydraulic stowing
techniques using river sand, crushed
overburden, fly ash and other locally
available materials.
NEW COAL PROJECTS IN INDIA Lanco Infratech Ltd is setting up a
1,320 MW coal-based power unit
PNC Infratech Ltd to set up 660
MW coal-based power unit
Bharat Coking Coal Ltd is setting
up a 2.5-Mt per annum coal
washery at Dugda
Maharastra State Power Generation
Co Ltd to set up a 1,320-MW
coal-based power unit on PPP basis
Era Infra Engineering Ltd plans to
set up a 2,640-MW coal-based
power unit at Rajauli
CIL offers 447 Mt of coal to power
utilities.
More projects have been displayed in
Tables 3 and 4.
REGULATORY FRAMEWORK OF COAL INDUSTRY IN INDIAThe coal industry in India is regulated
largely by the following provisions:
The Coal Mines (Nationalisation)
Act, 1973 to nationalise the coal
sector
Mines & Minerals (Development &
Regulation) Act, 1957 to regulate
exploration and exploitation of
minerals
The Coal Bearing Area (Acquisition &
Development) Act, 1957 to facilitate
acquisition of coal bearing land
Environmental Protection Act, 1986
to conduct mining operations in an
environment-friendly manner.
LIBERALISATION OF POLICY REGIMEThe main thrust of the liberalisation
policy is to open up the statutory and
regulatory regimes in order to promote
investment in the coal sector. Table 5
indicates the FDI inflow in the sector.
The recent policy initiatives have been
in the following direction:
Captive mining by power, steel and
cement industry allowed
FDI allowed up to 100% in power
and coal mining sectors
Creating a competitive market for
selling coal
Progressive reduction of customs
duty on coal and heavy earth-
moving machinery imports
Introduction of contract mining.
Rajesh Nath, MD, VDMA India; Dipanjan
Paul, Business Analyst, VDMA India. With
inputs from Coal Directory of India, Ministry
of Coal Annual Report, Report on the
Overview of Coal Mining Sector in India—
VDMA and SCCL & CIL websites.
E-mail: [email protected]
Table 4: New Mines Planned by SCCL in 12th Plan, 2012–17
Mine Year of Opening Capacity (LT)
Adriyala 2011–12 28.1
JVROC-2 2012–13 40.0
RKPOC-I 2013–14 25.0
Abbapur OC 2013–14 6.0
Kistaram OC 2014–15 20.0
Jallaram OC 2014–15 22.8
Jangedu UG 2014–15 8.0
Khairagura UG 2014–15 10.0
Kasipet – 2 UG 2014–15 5.4
KK6&7 2014–15 8.0
KKOC 2016–17 17.5
IKOC 2016–17 12.0
Mahadevapur OC 2016–17 10.0
Peddapur 2016–17 10.0
KTK-9 UG 2016–17 27.0
Reconstruction of existing UG mines 2012–13 3.0
Table 5: FDI in Mining Sector
Year (April– March)
FDI in ` Crore
FDI in € Million
2008–09 161.09 24.78
2009–10 829.92 127.68
2010–11 357.42 54.98
2011–12 436.61 67.17
Total 1,785.04 274.61
Nearly all Indian coal seams are prone to spontaneous heating. The incubation period varies from two to 12 months. However, compared to the other parts of the world, the
coal seams in India produce less gas emission.
URANIUM MINING
92 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
T PRATEEK SUR
he outstanding
growth of the
Indian economy
during the last
decade has led
to a significant rise in the
demand for energy resources.
Of all the available options
of possible energy sources
for making the energy supply
secure and robust, nuclear
power has acquired a special
place. Therefore, India has
started working on developing its
nuclear programme soon after attaining
independence. India’s three-stage
Atomic Energy Programme is based
on robust and commercially
successful Pressurised Heavy
Water Reactors (PHWRs),
operated by indigenous
natural uranium. The recent
developments in international
civil nuclear co-operation
have provided India great
opportunities for enhancing
its nuclear power capacity
through the import of fuel.
However, to safeguard the
country’s Atomic Energy
Programme, the ideal path
for generating nuclear
power should be through the use
of indigenous uranium. Uranium
Corporation of India Ltd (UCIL), a
Central Government-owned public
sector undertaking, has the mandate
to mine and process uranium ores in
India to meet the fuel requirement
of PHWRs. Over the years, UCIL
has marched towards maximising
the production of uranium. Many
operating units have been expanded
& new facilities have been built for
maintaining an uninterrupted supply
of fuel. Some projects of critical
importance for augmenting the
uranium production are in different
stages of implementation. Their
successful completion shall create newer
benchmarks for the uranium industry
of the country and go a long way in
easing the uranium supply situation.
However, some of the uranium mines
under operation (in Jharkhand) for the
last four decades are depleting, thereby
generating concerns about future
supply and sustained production.
INDIA’S URANIUM DEPOSITSAssociation of uranium with copper
and gold was already known in some
parts of the world. Based on this
analogy, known copper and gold
reserves of the country were extensively
investigated. The pioneering work
brought to light many uranium
occurrences in Singhbhum Thrust Belt
(in Jharkhand, formerly part of Bihar)
and it became evident that this belt
holds the potential for commercial
uranium mining operations. Thus,
Jaduguda in Singhbhum Thrust
Belt (also known as Singhbhum
Copper Belt or Singhbhum Shear
Zone) was the first uranium
deposit to be discovered in the
country in 1951. It is a zone
of intense shearing and
deep tectonisation with less
than 1 km width and is known
for a number of copper deposits
with associated nickel, molybdenum,
bismuth, gold, silver, etc. It extends
in the shape of an arc for a length of
about 160 km.
This discovery of uranium paved
the way for intensive
exploration work in the
whole country and soon a few
more deposits, like Bhatin,
Narwapahar and Turamdih,
were brought to light in this
area. Other deposits like
Bagjata, Banduhurang and
Mohuldih are being taken
up for commercial mining
operations. Some of the
other areas like Garadih,
Kanyaluka, Nimdih and
Nandup in this belt are also
known to contain limited
uranium reserves with poor grades.
Apart from discoveries in the
Singhbhum Thrust Belt, several
uranium occurrences have also been
found in Cuddapah basin of Andhra
Pradesh. These include Lambapur-
Peddagattu, Chitrial, Koppunuru,
Tummalapalle, Rachakuntapalle. In
the Mahadek basin of Meghalaya,
sandstone-type uranium deposits like
Domiasiat, Wahkhyn and Mawsynram
provide near-surface flat ore bodies
amenable to commercial operations.
Some areas in Rajasthan, Karnataka
and Chhattisgarh also hold the promise
of holding some major deposits.
URANIUM MINING OVER THE YEARS...The uranium mining in India made an
With the formation of Atomic Energy Commission in 1948, India made a humble beginning of its inspiring
Atomic Energy Programme. Consequent to this development, it was felt that the country must have
indigenous resources of basic raw materials, such as uranium, thorium, etc. As a result, Rare Metal Survey Unit (later renamed as ‘Atomic Minerals Directorate
for Exploration and Research’) was formed by the Government of India to locate good uranium deposits
in the country. During that period, the emphasis of search was on the existing mineral belts and
geologically favourable areas of the country.
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 93
URANIUM MINING
exciting beginning with the formation
of UCIL in 1967 under the Department
of Atomic Energy. Since then, the
uranium industry of the country
has recorded phenomenal growth
in the production and upgradation
of technology. UCIL launched its
operation with the commissioning
of an underground mine and ore-
processing plant at Jaduguda (1968).
Subsequently, underground mines at
Bhatin (1987), Narwapahar (1995) and
Turamdih (2003) were commissioned.
All these units are within 25 km of
Jaduguda.
Keeping in view the nation’s
endeavour to expand its nuclear energy
infrastructure (20,000 MWe by 2020
from the present capacity of 2,770
MWe), new uranium mines are being
opened by UCIL not only in the
Singhbhum Thrust Belt, but also in
other parts of the country.
URANIUM ORE PROCESSING IN INDIAThe processing of uranium ore is an
integral part of the uranium mining
industry. Therefore, the upsurge
in mining activity has necessitated
the expansion of the existing plants
and construction of more new ore-
processing plants. Some examples of
such plants are an operating plant at
Jaduguda, new plants at Turamdih,
Seripalli & Domiasiat and a prospective
plant at Tummalapalle.
CHALLENGES Uranium deposits in India are generally
small, lean in tenor and complex in
nature of mineralisation. With the
globalisation of the Indian economy,
it has become imperative to develop
these deposits in a cost-effective and
eco-friendly manner assimilating
the worldwide developments in
science and technology. To meet
the timely requirement of uranium,
the construction activities need to be
accelerated. Increasing ore production
from new mines calls for some
innovative approaches for physical
beneficiation of valuable uranium-
bearing minerals, which will reduce
the volume of ore transportation and
processing. The plants with a shorter
processing route need to incorporate
measures to maximise the re-use of
water, high recovery of the product and
minimum discharge of effluents. In
the field of tailings management, long-
term stability of tailings restricting
the movement of contaminants, the
need to strengthen the embankment
system, maximum reuse of effluents
and reclamation of the existing ponds
are some of the challenging areas for
continuous research and improvement.
Rapid progress has been made in some
of these areas by absorbing technology
through fundamental transformations.
NEW DEVELOPMENTSUsing integrated software (for survey,
geology and mine planning) helps in
quickly establishing the configuration of
ore body and assessing the potential of
the deposit. Standard modules of mine
layout have been developed with minor
variations to accommodate the site-
specific geology. Similarly, standard
modules and parameters for different
processing activities are in place for
implementation with site-specific
modifications. This has considerably
cut downtime in planning, awarding
contracts for construction, drawing
up specifications for equipment and
procurement. Uniformity in procedures
for different studies like environmental
assessment, feasibility, detailed project
report, etc., has helped in reducing the
pre-project period. Standardisation of
the layout and equipment has brought
in significant cost advantage in the
field of maintenance management and
inventory control.
Mining in India has come a long
way from conventional operations
to trackless mining, progressively
emulating and absorbing global
technologies. In the existing mines,
pneumatic equipment is systematically
being phased out with the introduction
of more energy-efficient electro-
hydraulic and diesel–hydraulic
equipment. New mines are being
planned with provisions to automate
all strenuous mining activities
avoiding direct handling of radioactive
ore at every stage of operation.
Underground ventilation system,
strata control measures, etc., are
being simulated before field trial
and implementation. The bulk ore
assaying system with automatic grade
estimation is undergoing continuous
improvement. The country’s dedicated
mining research institutes have
identified some of the thrust areas
like cutting technology in place of
conventional drilling & blasting, use
of electronic detonators, environment-
friendly explosives, etc., for future
development. Keeping in view the
worldwide technological progress in
ore processing, some major strides have
been taken towards absorbing expertise
and adapting cutting-edge technology
through radical innovations. A
number of steps have already been
taken to implement the precipitation
of uranium peroxide (UO4.2H
2O)
using hydrogen peroxide in place of
magnesium diuranate (MgU2O
7). This
will prevent co-precipitation of other
metals, ensure higher purity in product
and control many environment-
related problems. New plants with
simpler and shorter processing routes
are being envisaged. Use of modern,
energy-saving & efficient equipment
and concept of central control room
Some important uranium mines in India Operating mines in Jaduguda,
Bhatin, Narwapahar and Turamdih mines
New mines in Jharkhand at Banduhurang, Bagjata and Mohuldih
New mines in Andhra Pradesh at Lambapur-Peddagattu
New mines in Meghalaya at Domiasiat
Prospective mines at Tummalapalle uranium deposit and Rohili uranium deposit
URANIUM MINING
94 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
are expected to be some of the
distinctive features of new plants.
Resolving the process know-how for
alkaline leaching is the emerging area
for further research and development,
which can make the huge resource
of Tummalapalle area exploitable. A
dedicated state-of-the-art facility has
been created at Jaduguda to pursue
rigorous laboratory investigation/pilot
plant studies in line with the above
requirements. The research institutes
of the country are also actively
participating in time-specific projects
for finding breakthroughs in uranium
mineral beneficiation, bio-leaching,
bio-beneficiation, etc.
MANAGING THE URANIUM TAILINGSUranium tailings management has
attracted the interest of public and
regulatory bodies of the country
resulting in wide-ranging research
and development on the subject. The
new tailing ponds are being developed
with sound embankment system and
impermeable artificial liner to prevent
any seepage of effluent. Various
laboratory studies are being conducted
to implement Thickened Tailings
Disposal (TTD) system at Seripalli.
Remediation of the existing tailings
ponds at Jaduguda is being taken up on
priority. Ecorestoration with suitable
soil capping and vegetation are being
addressed by various premier research
institutes. Efficacy of microbial
leaching of tailings and microbial
modifiers are also being looked into.
Leaching characteristics of the tailings
under different physicochemical
environment, studies pertaining to the
migration of contaminants into the
adjoining environment, modification
in tailings texture for minimising
dispersal of radon are some of the
critical areas for research in new
tailings ponds of the country.
SCOPE FOR EXPANSIONAttaining self-reliance in the energy
resources is the first priority of the
country’s nuclear power programme.
The government is committed to
increase the contribution of nuclear
power to the total power generation
capacity of the country. Accordingly,
the Department of Atomic Energy
has strategically designed the country’s
nuclear power programme. The
uranium industry of India has shown
an extraordinary uptrend during the
last decade. The industry is expected
to expand further, keeping with the
phenomenal growth in the nuclear
power generation. Apart from
supplying the raw material for nuclear
fuel, the uranium mining industry
of India has a great potential to
contribute towards the development of
infrastructure, mining technology and
employment generation.
With inputs from Ramendra Gupta,
Chairman & MD, Uranium Corporation of
India Ltd and AK Sarangi, Superintendent
(Geology), Uranium Corporation of India Ltd
OVERVIEWING SOME MAJOR MINERAL ORES
96 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
etals usually do not occur
in pure concentrated
form, but in small traces
in rocks called ‘ores’.
Indistinguishable from
regular rocks to the untrained eye,
some ores contain only a fraction of
metal. As a result, a massive amount
of rock must be extracted from the
ground in order to obtain a usable
amount of metal. As a result of this,
and because metal & non-metal ores
are less common than the fuels like
coal, uranium and oil & gas, metal &
non-metal mines can be much larger
than coal mines and operate in more
extreme environments. For example,
while coal mines are rarely more than
a few hundred feet underground, gold
mines can be over a mile below the
surface.
Like coal and uranium ores, metal
ores are mined in both surface and
underground mines, depending on
where the ore deposit is located. In
addition to strip mining, surface ore
mines also use the open-pit mining
technique. These mines are huge holes
in the ground that are mined by blasting
rock from the sides and bottom with
explosives, carrying out the debris in
trucks, and then repeating the process.
Open-pit mines can be dug hundreds
of feet deep and several miles wide.
Underground mining is less common,
and is used only when rich veins of
ore are discovered or mineral prices
are high enough to justify the added
expense.
M PRATEEK SUR
Minerals: The Essential ElementsMinerals: The Essential Elementsof Growthof Growth
The metallic and non-metallic ores, such as iron, copper, gold, platinum, magnesium, limestone, bauxite, lead, gypsum, opal and zinc are used in many industrial purposes. Gold and platinum are primarily used in jewellery and high-end electronics, iron is used to produce steel, copper is the main component of electrical wiring, lead is used in batteries and zinc is used to coat iron & steel to reduce corrosion and as an alloy to make bronze & brass, and so on. Let us get an overview of their mining processes, uses, etc., of some such minerals.
Platinum is a very rare mineral and its cost is double that
of gold. It is usually found in igneous rocks, which have
iron and magnesium also. It is also found in thin layers with
minerals like copper and gold. It is mined through both
surface and underground mining. Some platinum is also
mined through placer mining.
Earlier, platinum was considered as inferior to silver and
used to be discarded. As it is usually found in gold mines,
platinum is also known as ‘white gold’. In the US, it is usually
mined along with copper and gold. The major platinum-
mining countries are South Africa, Russia, Columbia, the
US and Canada.
USESPlatinum is used to manufacture surgical instruments,
chemical equipment, jewellery and catalytic converters for
cars. It can be moulded into any shape, and, hence, it is used
in wires and items that have to be bent.
METHODS OF MININGPlatinum Group Metals (PGMs) are extracted by narrow
reef method, where hand-held pneumatic drills are used to
make holes in the reef. The ore-released blasting is taken
out with the help of scrapers attached to wenches and
transported to the surface.
The most popular mining methods are new mechanical
and hybrid mining. One mining procedure consists of
drilling either by pneumatic drills/newer specialised drilling
equipment and then cleaning the ore from the mine using
low-profile vehicles known as Load Haul Dump (LHD).
Large amounts of platinum are obtained from the
mines located in the Far East Russia and the
Norilsk–Talnakh mine, using open-pit, strip and
underground mining procedures. In Zimbabwe, platinum
PlatinumPlatinum
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 97
OVERVIEWING SOME MAJOR MINERAL ORES
Magnesium is the third most used metal, followed by
iron and aluminium. Magnesium derives its name from
‘magnesite’, a magnesium carbonate mineral. The British
chemist Humphry Davy isolated magnesium in 1808 by
electrolysing damp magnesium sulphate, using mercury as
a cathode.
The first industrialised production of magnesium began
in Germany in 1886 by Aluminum und Magnesium fabrik
in Hemelingen, Germany. Aluminum und Magnesium
fabrik later became the constituent of the chemical industry
conglomerate IG Farbenindustrie, which, during 1920s and
1930s, invented a process for manufacturing huge quantities
of molten and fundamentally water-free magnesium chloride,
now called the ‘IG Farben process’.
MINING AND CONCENTRATINGBoth dolomite and magnesite are hauled out and concentrated
by conservative methods. Carnallite ore is taken out and is
separated from other salt amalgams by solution mining.
Another excellent example of naturally occurring magnesium
ore is brines that occur in the ocean and large ponds by solar
radiation.
EXTRACTION AND REFININGMagnesium is a powerful chemical reagent and
reacts readily with both oxygen and chlorine. This
means that to extract the metal from its ores is
an exhaustive procedure and requires high-end
technologies. Commercial production of magnesium
uses two completely dissimilar methods: electrolysis
of magnesium chloride and thermal reduction of
magnesium oxide. Electrolysis is a cheaper means of
production, and, it accounts for nearly 75% of the world
magnesium production.
Opal has been a mystery for centuries. No two opals
look alike. The word opal was derived from the Greek word
opallos, which means ‘to see changes of colour’. Opal is a
precious gemstone, which is formed from non-crystalline
silica gel. It consists of 6–10% water. The small silica
spheres in opal are arranged in a regular pattern. It generally
measures 5.5–6.5 on MOH’s hardness scale, with pearls
measuring 4–5 and diamonds 9–10.
DEPOSITSAustralia accounts for nearly 95% of the world’s reserve of
opal. A small quantity is also found in Mexico, Brazil and
the US. In Australia, the major opal-deposit regions are
New South Wales, South Australia and Queensland.
Lightning Ridge, New South Wales, is famous for its
glorious black opal, where it was first discovered in the late
1880s. White Cliffs is Australia’s oldest commercial opal
was found in 1925 near Great Dyke.
TOP PLATINUM PRODUCERSSouth Africa is the world’s largest producer, where platinum
is mined from Bushveld Igneous Complex—a large igneous
intrusion spread in area of 370 km. It was estimated that
this massive ore deposit was formed 2,000 years ago. Here,
the PGMs are discovered in three distinct layers known as
reefs and the main source is the Merensky Reef, first opened
in 1925.
MagnesiumMagnesium
OpalOpal
OVERVIEWING SOME MAJOR MINERAL ORES
98 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
field, first mined here in 1889. For nearly 30 years, White
Cliff opal fields produced opal for the world market.
Opal mines are concentrated in Yowah, Quilpie,
Eromanga and Jundah regions of Australia. Coober Pedy
is famous for white or milky opals. Andamooka is one of
Australia’s most famous opal fields, having produced some
of the most beautiful pieces of opal. The opal fields in and
around Andamooka produce top gem, crystal, light opal and
some dark opal.
METHODS OF MININGOpal usually occurs in both sedimentary and volcanic rocks.
There are various methods of opal mining.
Sink a shaft: The simplest form of opal mining is by sinking
a shaft with a pick and shovel. A shaft is sunk straight down
until some promising ‘opal dirt’ is discovered. The shaft’s
length could be as short as 3 m or as long as 20 m. As opals
are usually frail, it is extracted with the help of a handpick
or screwdriver.
Open-cut mining: The open-cut method involves using
heavy machinery to remove large amounts of opal dirt for
inspection. This method is more expensive and is mostly
used to search for boulder opal in Central Queensland,
Australia.
Noodling: It is the practice of sifting through rejected
mullock heaps for small pieces of opal inadvertently
discarded by miners. Many people, living near the opal
fields, rely on noodling to earn a living. They usually sift
through the waste by hand, using a rake and sieve. Some
have also taken to large-scale machine noodling, by making
large amounts of opal dirt move on a conveyer belt under
ultra-violet light, which helps in easy detection of the
precious opal.
Puddling and rumbling: A puddler is a large mesh-lined
drum attached to a motor. This device rotates and turns
the clay into sludge as water is pumped into the drum. The
sludge escapes through the mesh. A related technique is dry
rumbling.
USESGold has been widely used throughout the world as a
vehicle for monetary exchange. It is used extensivley to make
jewellery. However, as pure gold is soft, it is usually alloyed
with base metals before being used in jewellery. Gold also
finds usage in medicine.
MININGEarlier, gold used to be mined using different methods like
panning, cradling, dry blowing, shaft mining, puddling and
dredging. It was very difficult to find gold in those days, as
there was no proper mining equipment. Discovering gold
was more a matter of luck than good judgment. Nowadays,
open-cut mining and underground methods are generally
used to mine gold.
Panning: It is one of the oldest techniques for separating
gold from rock. It was introduced by Isaac Humphrey at
Coloma in 1848. The Mexicans also developed their own
panning technique, using a flat dish called batea. Panning
is a very slow process, even for the most skillful miners.
In a single day, one miner can wash only 50 pans in a
12-hour workday and obtain only a small amount of gold
dust. Rocky material is loosened with pick and shovel. Then,
the material is carefully washed & swished around a shallow
metal pan. As the water separated the particles of dirt, rocks
and pebbles, small deposits of gold sink to the bottom of the
pan. This yields only small nuggets.
Cradle (Rocker): This method was introduced by Isaac
Humphrey. Cradling involves a wooden box with a handle
on one side and a ridged bottom covered with Hessian
cloth. Large pieces of rock were sorted through and discarded
if they did not yield any gold. Finer rocks & pebbles are
washed with water. This method is more successful than
panning as greater amounts of gravel and dirt can be
examined.
Dry blowing: This method is not very effective. It was
adopted in some regions like Kalgoorli in Western Australia.
Two pans were used for dry blowing. Fine, dust-like material
was poured from a pan that was held high, into the second
pan positioned on the ground. As the material was poured
down, the wind blew away the dust and fine particles of
rock, while the tiny nuggets of gold fell into the pan below.
While the method was sound in theory, the winds meant
that tiny particles of gold could also be blown away along
with the rest of the dust and dirt.
Shaft mining: It is one of the popular methods for gold
mining. Here, miners dug a shaft up to 50 m deep. This
method is only adopted when a prospector is confident that
there is enough gold in a particular place.
Puddling: Here, small amounts of clay are dumped in a
large container filled with water. On being stirred with
wooden stake, clay dissolves and gold particles sink to the
GoldGold
OVERVIEWING SOME MAJOR MINERAL ORES
100 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
bottom. However, this method does not yield much gold.
Dredging: Here, a huge bucket is placed in front of the
dredge that will scoop vast amounts of sediment from the
riverbed. The sediment is then carefully sifted and sorted.
for gold.
Open-cut mining: In this method, rocks that are on surface
are removed. The mine is thus excavated in a series of
layers, known as ‘benches’. Benches allow trucks and other
large vehicles to enter the site and allow drilling & ore
sampling at different levels. The rocks that are removed
with the help of machines are crushed and sifted through
for gold. This method is very profitable as the removed rocks
will at least have 3–4 grams of gold per tonne. However,
mining companies must take proper safety measures at
regular intervals to reduce the risk of rock falls in the mine.
Underground mining: Underground mining is used to
mine gold found below the surface. This method is very
costly and also dangerous. Here, a shaft is sunk into the
ground that could be 1,000 m deep. Horizontal tunnels,
known as ‘stopes’, are dug at various depths and the miners
work along these to access the gold. Vehicles access
the various levels of the mine through a spiral tunnel
called ‘decline’.
As mineshafts become deeper, the risk of cave-
ins or collapses increases. Therefore, underground
mines must operate under strict safety protocols
regarding the way the mineshafts are dug & constructed, the
methods of support for the walls & ceiling of the mine and
the use of special machines to provide adequate ventilation
& lighting.
Zinc is found in igneous and metamorphic rocks. Some
important ores of zinc are sphalerite, franklinite, willemite,
zincite, smithsonite, hemimorphite and hydrozincite. Some
of these ores are fluorescent.
MININGZinc ore is mined using underground and surface mining
or a combination of both. After the ore is mined, flash
smelting is performed where the ore is heated to make zinc
oxide. The zinc ends up as powder. Zinc ore is chiefly mined
in China, Australia, Peru, Canada and the US (Alaska,
Tennessee and Missouri).
USESZinc is used in paints, for coating steel, automotive parts,
electrical fuses, batteries, roof gutters, pennies, rubber,
deodorant, etc. An important use of zinc is in the galvanising
process.
MEANWHILE, IN INDIA...India is a major zinc producer. Most of these deposits are
located in Rajasthan, and are being developed by Hindustan
Zinc Ltd—the country’s largest zinc producer. The company
presently operates seven mines and fours smelters spread
across Rajasthan, Andhra Pradesh, Bihar and Orissa.
Galena (PbS2) is the main ore of lead and silver.
Galena is found combined with zinc, copper and
silver. Sometimes, it also occurs as a byproduct of
the mining of the other minerals. Lead is obtained on
melting the ore. Galena is found in igneous and sedimentary
rocks.
MININGGalena is extracted through underground mining. The
major zinc-producing countries are the US (Texas,
Oklahoma and Missouri), Germany, Peru, Mexico, Zambia
and England.
USESLead is used in the manufacture of bullets, batteries, gasoline,
and welding solder. It was earlier used in paints, dishes and
cups until it was found that it was poisonous.
MEANWHILE, IN INDIA...Domestic demand for lead is about 1,70,000 tonne/
ZincZinc
Lead/GalenaLead/Galena
Search September 2012 Ad Name: Rittal Pg. 101
Search September 2012 Ad Name: Igus Pg. 102
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 103
OVERVIEWING SOME MAJOR MINERAL ORES
Bauxite is the basic raw material in the aluminium
manufacturing process. India is naturally endowed with
large deposits of bauxite. The captive bauxite mines in
Jharkhand, Chhattisgarh, Maharashtra and Orissa provide
the raw material to the alumina refineries located at
Belgaum in Karnataka, Muri in Jharkhand and Renukoot in
Uttar Pradesh. The mines follow modern mining methods
with stringent environmental controls including extensive
re-greening of mined land and proactive participation in the
sociological development of the communities around.
AREAS OF GROWTHThe three main growth areas for aluminium in India are the
automobile, electrical wiring and food packaging sectors.
India is a major producer of bauxite and has substantial
reserves of high-grade ores. Reserves are estimated at
2,600 Mt, and are expected to last over 350 years at an
anticipated consumption of 7 Mt per year. Proven and
probable reserves are estimated at 1,200 Mt, making the
country fifth-largest producer, after Australia, Guinea,
Brazil and Jamaica. India’s reserves account for 7.5% of the
world’s total deposits. However, the aluminium capacity is
only 3%, indicating the scope and need for new capacities
in the country.
TOP PRODUCERSNalco (National Aluminium Company) is India’s largest
integrated bauxite mining and alumina smelting company.
Most of its operations are located at Damanjodi in Orissa.
Nalco is expanding its bauxite production to 2.5 Mt per year
and its alumina capacity to 1.5 Mt per year. Other major
producers include Hindalco, INDAL (Indian Aluminium
Company), Balco (Bharat Aluminium Company, owned by
the Indian Government and Sterlite Industries) and Malco
(Madras Aluminium Company). INDAL’s bauxite mines
at Panchpatmali in the Koraput district, Orissa, produce
approximately 2.5 Mt per year.
In June 2003, Sterlite Industries India Ltd (SIL)
commenced work on its `40.0-billion bauxite-mining and
alumina-refinery project at Lanjigarh in Kalahandi district,
Orissa. Considered as one of the largest greenfield projects
in the country, it will comprise a 1-Mt/year alumina refinery
with associated bauxite mining facilities. The refinery can be
expanded to 1.4 Mt/year and is based on 150 Mt of bauxite
committed by the Orissa Government for the project. The
bauxite is of high quality (around 47% alumina content). It
is expected that almost half the total alumina produced in
the refinery will be exported and the rest used for domestic
consumption.
The power requirements for the venture are to be met
through a new 100-MW power station, to be built as part
of the project. Sterlite has drawn up plans to increase Balco’s
refining capacity from 1,00,000 tonne/year to 3,34,000
tonne/year, and Balco has signed a `10.0-billion syndicated
debt arrangement facility with a bank consortium led by
ABN Amro Securities. Separately, Vedanta Resources has
allocated US$800 million, from the US$1.0 billion it raised
in London, for expanding Balco’s aluminium smelting
capacity, from 1,50,000 tonne/year to 5,00,000 tonne/year
by March 2006.
Hindalco’s aluminium smelting capacity was about
3,10,000 tonne/year. However, its `18.0-billion brownfield
expansion project, completed in August 2003, has raised
this to 3,45,000 tonne/year. Hindalco plans to raise its
smelting capacity further, to 3,60,000 tonne/year, and its
alumina refinery capacity to 7,00,000 tonne/year. Hindalco
has acquired 96% stake in Indian Aluminium Co (INDAL),
formerly owned by Alcan of Canada, and the Hindalco–
INDAL combine now accounts for over 70% of India’s
market for aluminium.
year. The total primary smelting capacity in the country
is 89,000 tonne/year, consisting of 65,000 tonne/year
(HZL) and 24,000 tonne/year (Indian Lead Ltd). HZL’s
smelters are located at Chanderiya, Rajasthan (capacity:
35,000 tonne/year) and Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh
(capacity: 22,000 tonne/year). However, the Tundoo smelter
(capacity: 8,000 tonne/year), which also produces silver, has
been shut down as it was faring very poorly. The smelter
at Visakhapatnam has also been closed for some time
because of environmental concerns by the Andhra Pradesh
Government. Visakhapatnam was a loss-making unit and
the costs of installing environment-friendly equipment
would be prohibitive. HZL is in the middle of raising its
annual lead-smelting capacity by 50,000 tonne.
Indian Lead Ltd has two units, one in Kolkata and the
other at Thane, near Mumbai, each with a capacity of 12,000
tonne/year. Both units treat imported concentrates. Binani
Industries possesses a 25,000 tonne/year lead recycling plant
(from batteries) at Wada in Maharashtra under the name of
Binani Lead.
Bauxite/AluminiumBauxite/Aluminium
OVERVIEWING SOME MAJOR MINERAL ORES
104 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
India has abundant reserves of limestone. Limestone of
different grades is mined from Pannedam limestone mine
through surface mining and selective operations.
USESLimestone is an important mineral and is used to
manufacture cement, lime, steel, glass, etc. Limestone
of varying grades occurs in sedimentary and crystalline
rocks. While the high-grade deposits are directly utilised
for manufacturing cement and lime, the other varieties
are blended with the high-grade deposits & made more
usable. However, as limestone resources are depleting,
it is important that we explore and exploit all grades of
limestone. The intensity of spectral reflectance/absorption
of limestone or carbonate minerals helps in determining
the chemical composition and purity of the mineral. Pure
limestone reflects the visible and Near Infra-Red (NIR)
energy, while Short Wave Infra-Red (SWIR) energy in the
2.35-µm region will be absorbed. The depth of absorption
in the SWIR region will depend on the concentration
of carbonates in the mineral. Hence, it is possible to
quantify the purity of a limestone deposit by analysing the
visible and carbonate absorption SWIR bands in a satellite
image.
USESPhosphogypsum is important for producing fertilisers. As
the Indian economy is dominated by agriculture, the fertiliser
industry has a pivotal role to play. However, only about
35–40% of the requirement of raw material for phosphatic
fertiliser production is being met through indigenous sources.
For the rest, the country has to import rock phosphate,
phosphoric acid and fertilisers.
MEANWHILE, IN INDIA...The major activity of Rajasthan State Mines and Minerals
Ltd (RSMML) is the mining of rockphosphate ore.
RSMML operates one of the largest and fully mechanised
mines in the country at Jhamarkotra.
Rock phosphate mines at Jhamarkotra & Kanpur
Group of Mines are complex deposits. Mining these
rock phosphate deposits is far more difficult than in
most parts of the world. Despite the complexities of the
deposit, excellent results have been achieved by continuous
innovations. With an annual rock handling capacity
of about 20 million tonne, Jhamarkotra is probably the
largest opencast mine in India outside the steel and coal
sectors. It contributes 98% of rock phosphate production
of India.
USESThe major applications of copper are in electrical wires
(60%), roofing & plumbing (20%) and industrial machinery
(15%). Copper is mostly used as a metal, but when a higher
hardness is required, it is combined with other elements
to make alloys (5% of total use), such as brass and bronze.
A small part amount of copper supply is used to produce
compounds for nutritional supplements and fungicides in
agriculture. Machining of copper is possible, although it is
usually necessary to use an alloy for intricate parts to get
good machinability characteristics.
MEANWHILE, IN INDIA...Copper mining is constrained by the lack of good quality
LimestoneLimestone
PhosphogypsumPhosphogypsum
CopperCopper
OVERVIEWING SOME MAJOR MINERAL ORES
106 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
ore and by the fact that average metal content in Indian ore
is only 1% as against the world average of 1.5%. India has
an estimated copper resource of 730 Mt averaging 1.17%
copper. However, the copper business in India has suffered a
setback because of the explosive growth of mobile cellphone
networks and the emergence of ‘wireless-in-loop’ (WLL)
telephony. The landline phones (until recently a government
monopoly) had been the largest consumer of copper in
India. The dramatic fall in the prices of optical fibre also
impacted adversely on copper offtake and, despite improved
demand for transformers, switchgears, motors & alternators,
this has not been adequate to offset the reduced demand
in the telecommunications sector. As a result, domestic
consumption of copper in India last year grew by only 3-5%.
Out of this, only 185 Mt of ore with an average grade of
1.21% copper is under mining lease held by state-controlled
Hindustan Copper Ltd. Until 1998, Hindustan Copper has
been the only producer of copper concentrate in India. Since
then, several smaller companies, including Sikkim Mining
Corporation at Rangpo and Hutti Gold Mines in Karnataka,
have been producing copper concentrates. Hindustan Copper
will now be largely relying on its Malanjkhand mines at
Madhya Pradesh, which has grades of 1.42 % copper.
Birla Copper, the copper division of Hindalco Industries,
completed the de-bottlenecking of its copper smelter at
Dahej in 2002 and since then has a rated smelting capacity of
1,50,000 tonne/year (actual capacity is 1,85,000 tonne/year).
Birla Copper produces Grade-A quality copper as per the
specifications of the London Metal Exchange. Its profitability
has been dependent on the concentrate treatment and refining
charges it receives. Its acquisition of the Nifty mines (located
in the eastern Pilbara region of Western Australia) from
Straits (Nifty) Pty Ltd has enabled Birla Copper to become
an integrated copper producer. The acquisition also gives
Hindalco greater control over the value chain since mine
production and represents 75–70% of the value of copper.
Nifty has a mine production capacity sufficient to yield 27,500
tonne/year of cathodes and possesses a large undeveloped
sulphide resource. Total resources at Nifty amount to 148 Mt
averaging 1.3% copper, and a feasibility study for exploiting
the sulphide ore was scheduled for completion. Birla has also
acquired a 50% interest in the Maroochydore Exploration
Project, and is exploring the possibilities for acquiring
additional mining capacity.
USESIron is the world’s most commonly used metal. Steel, of
which iron ore is the key ingredient, represents almost 95%
of all metal used per year. It is used primarily in structural
engineering applications, maritime purposes, automobiles
and general industrial applications (machinery).
TOP PRODUCERSMining iron ore is a high-volume low-margin business, as
the value of iron is significantly lower than base metals. It is
highly capital intensive, and requires significant investment
in infrastructure, such as rail to transport the ore from the
mine to a freight ship. As a result, iron ore production is
concentrated in the hands of a few major players only.
World iron production averages two billion metric tonne
of raw ore annually. The world’s largest producer of iron
ore is the Brazilian mining corporation Vale, followed by
Anglo-Australian companies BHP Billiton and Rio Tinto
Group. Another Australian supplier, Fortescue Metals
Group Ltd, has helped bring Australia’s production to the
second position in the world.
The seaborne trade in iron ore was 849 million tonne in
2004. Australia & Brazil dominate this trade, with 72% of
the market, and BHP, Rio Tinto Group & Vale control 66%
of this market.
In Australia, iron ore is extracted from pisolite ‘channel
iron deposit’ ore derived by mechanical erosion of primary
banded-iron formations and accumulated in alluvial channels,
such as at Pannawonica, Western Australia; and the dominant
metasomatically-altered banded iron formation-related ores
such as at Newman, the Chichester Range, the Hamersley
Range and Koolyanobbing, Western Australia. The global
consumption of iron ore is growing at 10% per annum on an
average with the main consumers being China, Japan, South
Korea, the US and the European Union.
MEANWHILE, IN INDIA...The total recoverable reserves of iron ore in India are about
9,602 million tonne of haematite and 3,408 million tonne of
magnetite. Madhya Pradesh, Karnataka, Jharkhand, Orissa,
Goa, Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, Kerala, Rajasthan and
Tamil Nadu are the principal Indian producers of iron ore.
Iron oreIron ore
MINING EQUIPMENT
108 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
n today’s globally
competitive mining
environment, companies
have to face many
challenges, such as
workplace safety, managing the
complexities of environmental &
regulatory requirements and enhancing
financial performance through improved
processes & cost controls. One of the
significant factors that contribute to
both operational cost and production
capacity is the heavy mining equipment
that keeps the ore moving every day.
The operating and maintenance costs of
mining equipment not only represent a
large proportion of a mine’s operational
expenditures, but can also affect a
mine’s profitability. Current estimates
show the operating costs of 360-tonne
haul trucks and 80-yard cable shovels
is more than $500 per hour and is this
figure is increasing by the day. On an
average, a truck that is taken offline
for a shift has a financial production
impact of $35,000, which can become
much more that that for a shovel. Also,
the ability to extend the operating
life of a $5,000,000-haul truck or a
$17,000,000-shovel can affect the
profitability of a mine significantly.
Strength and durability are the two
most important factors for choosing
any type of mining equipment. Cost is
also an important consideration while
selecting mining equipment. With
escalating operating costs and limited
resources, mining companies need to
monitor the performance of operators
and their heavy mobile equipment. To
prevent the production downtime, it
is critical to accurately diagnose any
performance issue before it adversely
affects the profitability.
REDUCING THE MAINTENANCE COST Equipment maintenance costs
represent between 30% and 50% of
direct mining expenditures. Most
often, mining companies employ
traditional preventive and reactive
maintenance programmes for critical
equipment, which take up most of
the technicians’ time. As a result,
other assets are often maintained less
frequently or are allowed to run to
failure. Besides, the limited availability
of skilled maintenance personnel
makes it difficult, if not impossible,
to optimise preventive maintenance
programmes for all equipment.
Equipment monitoring systems
provide a real-time bridge between
OEM interfaces and maintenance
staff. They allow technicians to
manage the health of critical assets
and implement an effective condition-
based maintenance methodology.
REQUIRED SHIFTA condition-based maintenance
methodology is one in which
maintenance is applied to an asset based
on the current condition or health of
the equipment and the impact of poor
performance on business & operational
goals. By adopting a condition-
based maintenance methodology,
maintenance personnel can remotely
diagnose problems and improve
service levels, reduce emergency &
field maintenance and improve Key
Performance Indicators (KPIs),
such as Mean Time To Repair
(MTTR), Mean Time Between
Failures (MTBF), availability
and utilisation. Maintenance
I PRATEEK SUR
Enhancing Mining’s Enhancing Mining’s Efficiency Quotient Efficiency Quotient
Mining equipment keep the ores up and running. The longer the mining equipment stays intact without Mining equipment keep the ores up and running. The longer the mining equipment stays intact without breaking, rusting, losing effectiveness or requiring too much maintenance, the better it is for keeping the breaking, rusting, losing effectiveness or requiring too much maintenance, the better it is for keeping the mining costs low and increasing the productivity with minimal input costs. This ultimately leads to easier mining costs low and increasing the productivity with minimal input costs. This ultimately leads to easier
access to the mined products, which, in turn, helps in the economic growth of a country. Therefore, it is very access to the mined products, which, in turn, helps in the economic growth of a country. Therefore, it is very important to know how to prolong the life of mining equipment. important to know how to prolong the life of mining equipment.
Cou
rtesy
: Cat
erpi
llar
Cou
rtesy
: Cat
erpi
llar
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 109
MINING EQUIPMENT
personnel can now monitor the entire
mining fleet and receive early warnings
of developing problems, prompting
action to reduce negative impact on
operations. This ultimately leads to
vital equipment spending less time on
the shop floor and more time in the
mining field.
SOLUTIONS OFFEREDNew advancements in equipment
monitoring technology enable time-
constrained technicians and engineers
to discover, diagnose and act on a
fault before it results in production
downtime or serious damage to the
equipment or operator. By remotely
accessing onboard equipment data,
personnel can immediately view
and analyse equipment & operator
performance through a variety of
dashboards, user-defined KPIs and
alarms to facilitate immediate action.
This is accomplished through
monitoring systems that identify
data patterns that are
often precursors to the
development of faults and
can, therefore, be used as
predictors. Once developing abnormal
conditions are detected, technicians
who can take appropriate actions
to prevent the abnormalities from
escalating to serious issues are alerted.
While equipment monitoring is not
new to the mining industry, traditional
methods, unstable technology and
the extreme mining conditions have
often plagued the effectiveness of
these first-generation solutions. These
rudimentary monitoring systems not
only presented integration challenges,
but were also unreliable because of
limited data throughput, chronic data
loss, inflexible software and a lack of
OEM standardisation by equipment
manufacturers. In contrast, present-
day mining equipment monitoring
solutions, such as The MineCare®
System or Matrikon™ Mobile
Equipment Monitor, are designed to
reduce mobile mining equipment costs
through the real-time management
of equipment health, operator
performance and maintenance
processes. Regardless of its vendor,
technicians can monitor and manage
any type of field equipment, allowing
for easy integration and the continued
use of existing assets. Monitoring
systems can be seamlessly integrated
with maintenance management,
dispatch and Enterprise Resource
Planning (ERP) systems to optimise
communications and workflow in all
layers of the mining organisation.
TYPES OF MINING EQUIPMENTIn the past, miners used to excavate
minerals and metals by using simple
hand-held tools. However, modern-
day mining equipment are powered
mainly by electricity and hydraulic
energy. And with the introduction
of automation, today’s mining world
enjoys the benefit of many types of
mining equipment. There are various
types of mining equipment available.
Some of them include industrial
shredders, drilling equipment, blasting
equipment, drill rigs, hammers, mine
winders, blasting machine, mining
locomotive, well-drilling machine, etc.
Some examples of mining equipment
that are used extensively in mining
operations include hard hats, clothing/
gear, ventilation fans, rock dusters,
earth movers, water jet pumps, and
so on. A mining light system is an
important mining equipment used
for all mining processes. It increases
the efficiency & speed of mining
operations and guarantees optimum
results. A mining light might consist
of a heat sink, LED or laser, magnetic
switch or a focussing cone. The mining
excavators using advanced technology
help in reaching the international level
of performance in mining processes.
There are mining equipment
available specifically for surface-mining
processes, such as open-pit mining,
strip or area mining, quarrying, contour
mining, mountaintop removal and
placer mining. Some examples of the
opencast mining equipment are rock
drills, drifter, paving breaker, dth
hammer, wagon drill, slim drill LD-4,
pneumatic crawler drill, TCT drill steel
grinder and cross bit grinder. There are
excellent mining equipment available
for sub-surface mining processes,
such as shaft mining, drift mining,
borehole mining, slope mining and
hard rock mining. Similarly, there are
special mining equipment for deep
underground mining processes, such as
longwall mining, continuous mining,
blast mining, shortwall mining and
retreat mining. Some examples of the
underground mining equipment are
mucking machine, slurry pump, exhaust
fan, air mover, cement injection pump,
pneumatic power pack, turbo light,
spare parts for Atlas Copco Drifter
BBC-120F, Simba Junior, BMS-46
Feed Motor, BSP 10 Pneumatic Rod
Catcher, Atlas Copco Cavo
310 Loader, etc. Using the
right mining equipment
is essential for increasing
productivity. For example, the use of
large mining equipment in surface
mining maximises the recovery through
the excavation of one or more coal seam
deposits in the large area surface mines.
IT IS IMPORTANT TO KNOW YOUR MINING EQUIPMENT WELLMining is a very dangerous process. If
a wrong equipment or tool is used for a
specific mining purpose, it might lead
to disaster. Therefore, it is important
that everybody involved in the mining
operation must know exactly how
to use their mining tools properly.
Each worker should be properly and
thoroughly trained to use every part of
mining equipment they will be using.
Also, the workers should be educated
about the safety measures in using the
mining equipment.
With inputs from David Fisk, Director –
Mining Solutions, Matrikon
Strength and durability are the two most important factors for choosing any type of mining equipment. Cost is also an
important consideration while selecting mining equipment.
SAFETY IN MINING
110 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
afety has long been a
major concern for the
mining sector, especially
in underground mining.
The Courrières mine
disaster in Northern France on March
10, 1906—Europe’s worst mining
accident—resulted in the death of
1,099 miners. Another major mining
accident at the Benxihu Colliery in
China killed 1,549 miners on April
26, 1942.
While mining today
has become substantially
safer than what it was
earlier, mining accidents
still occur. For example,
in China, as per the
government reports, about 5,000
miners die in various mining accidents
each year, while other reports have
suggested a figure as high as 20,000.
Examples of some recent major
mining accidents include the
Ulyanovskaya Mine disaster in Russia in
2007, the Heilongjiang Mine explosion
in China in 2009 and the Upper
Big Branch Mine disaster in the US
in 2010.
AN OVERVIEW OF THE MAJOR MINING HAZARDSMining ventilation is a significant
safety concern. Poor ventilation
exposes miners to harmful gases, heat
and dust inside sub-surface mines,
which can cause injury, illness and
death. The concentration of methane
and other poisonous gases in the
mines can generally be controlled by
dilution (ventilation), their capture
before they enter the host air stream
(methane drainage), or isolation (seals
and stoppings).
Rock dusts, including coal dust and
silicon dust, can cause long-term lung
problems, including silicosis, asbestosis
and pneumoconiosis (also known as
‘miners’ lung’ or ‘black lung disease’).
A ventilation system is set up to force
a stream of air through the working
areas of the mine. This air stream is
generated by large mine fans, usually
located above the ground. Air flows
only in one direction, making circuits
through the mine such that each main
work area constantly receives fresh
air. Spraying water in coal mines also
helps to keep dust levels down. By
spraying the machine with water and
filtering the dust-laden water with a
scrubber fan, miners can successfully
trap the dust.
Gases in mines can poison the
workers or displace the oxygen in the
mine, causing asphyxiation.
Therefore, it is important
for miners to continually
carry gas-detection
equipment that can detect
common gases, such as
CO, O2, H
2S, CH
4, and also calculate
the percentage lower explosive limit.
All production should stop if the
concentration of the inflammable
gases present reaches 1.4%. As newer
technologies, such as nanotechnology,
are being introduced, gas detection
will become more easier.
Methane gas is a common source
of explosions in coal mines, which can
potentially initiate more extensive coal
S PRATEEK SUR
Working in mines is hazardous because of the possibility of fi re, fl ood, explosion and collapse of the mine roof. Such disasters
affect the miners & their families as well as those staying in the nearby areas. Whether it is underground mining or surface mining,
safety should always be the top priority. Though the government has laid out various rules & regulations for the safety of the
miners, mining is still proving to be Achilles’ heel not just for the government, but also for the miners and mine owners.
Mining’sAchillesHeel
The Government of India has started taking adequate steps towards ensuring the safety of miners. The number of mine accidents in India has reduced from 222 in 1975 to 90 in
2004 and that of fatalities from 664 to 99 during the same period.
SAFETY IN MINING
112 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
dust explosions. Therefore, rock dusts,
such as limestone dust, are spread
throughout coal mines to diminish
the chances of coal dust explosions
and limit the extent of potential
explosions, in a process known as ‘rock
dusting’. Coal dust explosions can also
begin independently of methane gas
explosions. Frictional heat and sparks
generated by mining equipment can
ignite both methane gas and coal dust
explosions. For this reason, water is
often used to cool rock cutting sites.
Miners utilise heavy equipment
to break through extremely hard
layers of the earth’s crust. These
equipment, combined with the closed
workspace that underground miners
work in, can cause hearing loss. For
example, a roof bolter can reach sound
levels of up to 115 dB. Combined with
the reverberant effects of underground
mines, a miner without proper
hearing protection is at a high risk of
hearing loss.
By age 50, nearly 90% of the US
coal miners have some hearing loss,
compared to only 10% among workers
not exposed to loud noises. Roof bolters
are among the loudest machines, but
auger miners, bulldozers, continuous
mining machines, front end loaders
and shuttle cars & trucks also cause
excessive noise in the mines.
Since mining entails removing dirt
and rock from its natural location,
creating large empty pits, rooms and
tunnels, cave ins as well as ground &
rock falls are a major concern in mines.
Modern techniques for timbering
and bracing walls & ceilings within
sub-surface mines have reduced the
number of fatalities due to cave-ins,
but ground falls continue to represent
up to 50% of mining fatalities. Even
in cases where mine collapses are
not instantly fatal, they can trap
mine workers deep underground.
Cases such as these often provoke
high-profile rescue efforts, such as
when 33 Chilean miners were trapped
deep underground for 69 days in 2010.
High temperatures and humidity
may result in heat-related illnesses,
including heat stroke that can prove
fatal. The presence of heavy equipment
in confined spaces also poses a risk to
miners. Despite modern improvements
to safety practices, mining remains
dangerous throughout the world.
Modern mines use automation and
remote operation, such as automated
loaders and remotely operated rock
breakers, to improve the safety of
miners.
THE SITUATION IN INDIAThe Government of India has started
taking adequate steps towards ensuring
the safety of miners. The number of
mine accidents in India has reduced
from 222 in 1975 to 90 in 2004
and that of fatalities from 664 to 99
during the same period. Also, more
than 50% of the mining accidents in
India are due to inundation, followed
by gas explosions. In underground
mines, sidewalls & roofs may also
fall, resulting in major
accidents. In surface
mines, slope failure of
dumps is also a major
cause of accident.
The safety, welfare
and health of mine
workers are regulated
by the Mines Act,
1952, and the rules
& regulations framed
under this Act.
These regulations are administered
by the Directorate General of Mine
Safety (DGMS) under the Ministry
of Labour and Employment. Safety
in coal mines is monitored by the
various committees starting from unit
level to company board, including
representatives of various trade unions
& DGMS. The safety situation is also
reviewed at the government level by
the Union Coal Minister.
SAFETY ISSUES IN UNDERGROUND MINES Most of inundation accidents occur
due to the failure of barrier pillars
or partings in between the seams
Accidents have also occurred due to
inaccurate knowledge of the
working of water bearings
Suitable techniques for establishing
the thickness of the barrier & the
partings and for detecting the voids
& the working of abandoned water
bearing need to be developed
Roof fall and side fall in the mine
roadways are major causes of
accidents in underground mines in
India
Suitable support system with roof
bolters for bord & pillar workings is
required
A well-established technology/
method for hard roof management,
both for extraction/depillaring and
development workings, may be
explored
Techniques based on numerical
modelling for subsidence prediction
& control are required
The communication in Indian coal
mines is primarily based on CDS,
signalling or telephone system.
Telephones are located at strategic
points in underground mines. This
system has the inherent limitation
as wires have to be laid down at
specific points and a direct two-way
communication is not possible.
Advanced wireless communication
technology for direct communication
from surface to underground and
vice versa may be a better alternative
The advanced communication
system should be able to transmit
voice, data, video-telephony, real-
time production information and
In China, as per the government reports, about 5,000 miners die in various mining accidents each year, while other reports have suggested a fi gure as high as 20,000. Examples of some recent major mining accidents include the Ulyanovskaya Mine disaster in Russia in 2007, the Heilongjiang Mine explosion in China in 2009 and the Upper Big Branch Mine disaster in the US in 2010.
FACT
FACT
FACT
SAFETY IN MINING
114 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
track machinery & personnel
deployed in the underground
mining
Mine fires and explosions are
critical for Indian mines. Suitable
techniques such as mine fire
mapping by thermal infra-red
remote-sensing method may be
used to detect fire
Suitable technology may
be explored for detection
& measurement of
conductor temperature
in mine trailing cables
to prevent premature insulation
failure leading to electrocution and
fire hazards
SAFETY ISSUES IN SURFACE MINES Slopes of mines, stockpiles and
overburden need to be monitored
for their stability.
Laser imaging system can be used
in geological mapping, stockpile
survey and pit development surveys.
This system collects measurements
and images of everything in sight.
Data, other than that required for
the purpose, is automatically
available for different applications
at any time such as that for
monitoring open-pit slopes of high
walls and internal dumps.
New techniques, some of which are
given below, can considerably
reduce the dangers associated with
fly-rocks, inadvertent blasting,
fumes, etc. These techniques
include:
- Digital Energy Control System
- Pyro-Breaking Capsules (PBC)
- Threshold Blasting Technology.
RESCUE SERVICESIn the recent times, many advancements
have been made in the rescue services
provided by the Central Government
and the various state governments.
This also includes bettering the
rescue equipment, which is a prime
requirement for saving the lives of
the miners trapped in the mine at any
given point. There are procedures and
techniques for locating & rescuing the
trapped miners in surface
and sub-surface mines.
These procedures
need to be followed
with complete precision.
The technology has to
be kept up-to-date with the latest
advancements so that there should not
be even a single fatality in or around
the mines. The provision of rescue set
up and services for the mining industry
needs to be bettered all over world.
With inputs from Rubin Sariwala, Deputy
GM, Indian Mines and Miners Association
and Rakesh Mahant, Chief Analyst, NRS
Consultants.
Rock dusts, including coal dust and silicon dust, can cause long-term lung problems, including silicosis, asbestosis and
pneumoconiosis (also known as ‘miners’ lung’ or ‘black lung disease’).
ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF MINING
116 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
he environmental impact
of mining includes
erosion, formation
of sinkholes, loss
of biodiversity and
contamination of soil, groundwater
& surface water by chemicals used
in mining processes. In some cases,
forests in the vicinity of mines are
cut down for storing the debris
from mining. Besides damaging the
environment, the leakage of chemicals
also adversely affects the health of the
local population. As a result, some
countries have made it mandatory to
follow environmental and rehabilitation
codes, thereby ensuring that the mined
area is returned close to its original
state. Besides, some mining methods
may have significant environmental
and public health effects.
Additionally, mining exposes
hillsides, mine dumps and tailings dams.
Their erosion and resultant silting of
drainages, creeks and rivers significantly
impact the surrounding areas, a prime
example being the Ok Tedi Mine
environmental disaster in Papua New
Guinea. Besides, mining disturbs and
destructs farmlands, grazing lands,
ecosystems and habitats and also causes
noise, soil and visual pollution.
WATER POLLUTIONMining can have adverse effects on the
surface and groundwater if protective
measures are not taken. It can result
in unnaturally high concentrations
of some chemicals, such as arsenic,
sulphuric acid and mercury over
a significant area of surface or sub-
surface. In addition, runoff of soil and
rock debris—although non-toxic—also
destroys the surrounding vegetation.
Also, the dumping of tailings
overburden—mine-induced erosion
into the river system or in forests is the
worst option here. Submarine tailings
disposal is a better option (if the soil
is pumped to a great
depth). If no forests
need to be cleared for
storing the debris, then
land storage and refilling
the mine is even better.
Large amounts of water
produced from mine
drainage, mine cooling,
aqueous extraction and
other mining processes
can contaminate the
area, including the
groundwater and surface
water.
To avoid these
harmfu l e f f ec t s
of mining, it is
important that mines
are well regulated,
with hydrologists
and geologists taking
careful measurements
of water and soil to
exclude any type of
water contamination
T PRATEEK SUR
Is the Eroders of EARTH tag justified?The processes involved in mining operations have a negative impact on the environment. This negative effect continues even after the mine is no longer in operation, further aggravating the situation. As a result, most of the nations are now adopting various regulations to moderate the negative environmental effects and after-effects of mining operations, and provide the perfect solution for the same. Here’s taking a look at the various environmental effects of mining and analysing whether justice has been done to nature.
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 117
ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF MINING
that could be caused by the mine’s
operations. In the US, the government
has made it mandatory for mining
companies to follow the government’s
environmental regulations while
operating. They are encouraged to
follow non-toxic extraction processes
such as bioleaching. If the project site
becomes polluted even after following
these steps, mitigation techniques
such as Acid Mine Drainage (AMD)
should be carried out in which
contaminated water is pumped to a
treatment facility that neutralises the
contaminants.
The five principal technologies used
to monitor and control water flow at
mine sites are:
- Diversion systems
- Containment ponds
- Groundwater pumping systems
- Sub-surface drainage systems
- Sub-surface barriers.
ACID MINE DRAINAGEAMD, or Acid Rock Drainage
(ARD), refers to the outflow of acidic
water from (usually abandoned) metal
mines or coal mines.
Apart from mines, other
areas where the earth
has been disturbed (e.g.,
construction sites, sub-
divisions, transportation corridors,
etc.) may also contribute ARD to
the environment. The liquid that
drains from coal stocks, coal-handling
facilities, coal washeries and coal
waste tips can be highly acidic, and
is treated as ARD. It occurs naturally
in some environments as part of the
rock weathering process. However,
the situation is exacerbated by large-
scale earth disturbances characteristic
of mining and other large construction
activities, usually of those rocks that
contain abundant sulphide minerals.
The same type of chemical reactions
and processes may occur through
the disturbance of acid sulphate soils
formed under coastal or estuarine
conditions after the last major sea
level rise, and constitute a similar
environmental hazard.
HEAVY METALSAnother example of environmental
problems with mining is dissolution
& transport of metals and heavy
metals by run-off & groundwater;
for example, the Britannia Mine, a
former copper mine near Vancouver,
British Columbia. Tar Creek—
an abandoned mining area in
Picher, Oklahoma, which is now an
Environmental Protection Agency
superfund site—also suffers from heavy
metal contamination after water in
the mine containing dissolved heavy
metals, such as lead and cadmium,
leaked into local groundwater.
Long-term storage of tailings and
dust can lead to additional problems,
as they can be easily blown off the
site by wind. It occurred at Skouriotissa,
an abandoned copper mine in
Cyprus.
DEFORESTATIONFor opencast mining, the overburden,
which may be covered in the forest,
must be removed before the mining can
commence. The resulting deforestation
may lead to species extinction if there
is a high level of local endemism.
ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS CAUSED BY DIFFERENT TYPES OF MINING Coal miningThe environmental impact of the coal
industry includes issues such as land
use, waste management and water &
air pollution caused by coal mining,
processing and use of its products. In
addition to atmospheric pollution, coal
burning produces hundreds of millions
of tonnes of solid waste products
annually, including fly ash, bottom ash
and flue-gas desulphurisation sludge,
which contain mercury, uranium,
thorium, arsenic and other heavy
metals. There are severe health effects
caused by burning coal. According to
the reports issued by the World Health
Organization in 2008, pollution caused
by coal particulates has been estimated
to shorten approximately 10,00,000
lives annually worldwide.
Oil ShaleThe oil shale industry also causes
land, water and air pollution. It
also causes problems in waste
management, caused by the extraction
and processing of oil shale. Surface
mining of oil shale deposits causes
the usual environmental impacts of
open-pit mining. In addition,
combustion and thermal processing
generate waste material, which must
be disposed of along with harmful
atmospheric emissions, including
carbon dioxide, a major greenhouse
gas. Experimental in-situ conversion
processes and carbon capture &
storage technologies may reduce some
of these concerns in future, but may
raise others, such as the pollution of
groundwater.
Mountaintop Removal MiningMountaintop Removal
Mining (MTR), also
known as Mountain Top
Mining (MTM), is a form
of surface mining that
involves the mining of the summit or
summit ridge of a mountain. In MTR,
entire coal seams are removed from
the top of a mountain, hill or ridge
by removing their overburden, and
re-stacking the overburden back on
the ridge to reflect the approximate
original contour of the mountain.
The excess overburden that cannot be
replaced on the ridge-top is moved
into neighbouring valleys. It is the
predominant method of coal mining
in the Appalachian Mountains in the
Eastern US. The process involves
blasting with explosives to remove
up to 400 vertical feet (120 m) of
mountain to expose the underlying
coal seams. Excess rock and soil
laden with toxic mining byproducts
are often dumped into nearby
Sea turtles depend on sandy beaches for their nesting, and sand mining has led to the near extinction of gharials (a
species of crocodiles) in India.
ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF MINING
118 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
valleys, in what are called ‘holler fills’
or ‘valley fills’.
Peer-reviewed studies show that
MTR has serious environmental
impacts, including loss of biodiversity
and toxification of watersheds, which
mitigation practices cannot successfully
address. There are also adverse impacts
of MTR procedure on human health
that result from contact with affected
streams or exposure to air-borne toxins
and dust.
Sand MiningSand mining is used
to extract sand, mainly
through an open pit. Sand
is also mined from beaches,
inland dunes and dredged from ocean
beds & riverbeds. Sand is used to make
concrete and also as an abrasive. It is
also used to replace eroded coastline.
Sand mining is also used to extract
minerals such as rutile, ilmenite and
zircon, which contain the industrially
useful elements titanium and
zirconium. These minerals typically
occur combined with ordinary sand.
However, sand mining causes
erosion and impacts the local wildlife.
For example, sea turtles depend on
sandy beaches for their nesting, and
sand mining has led to the near
extinction of gharials (a species of
crocodiles) in India. Disturbance of
underwater and coastal sand causes
turbidity in the water, which is harmful
for sea organisms, such as corals, that
need sunlight. It also destroys fishes,
causing problems for people who
depend on fishing for their livelihood.
Besides, removal of physical coastal
barriers, such as dunes, leads to the
flooding of beachside communities,
and the destruction of picturesque
beaches harms tourism. Though sand
mining is regulated by law, it is often
done illegally.
WHAT THE FUTURE BEHOLDS?A better and safer future for mining lies
in making mines more environmental
friendly. For this to happen, proper
environment management steps should
be taken. The used mines should be
duly filled up after the full extraction
and should not be just left abandoned.
Effective steps should be taken for
reforestation of the mined
area. This would reduce the
problems of environmental
degradation such as soil
erosion. Therefore, there
must a balance in the
mining processes so that justice is done
to nature.
With inputs from Shireen Tyrewala,
Assistant Professor, Department of Chemistry,
Annakurim University and Val Krammer,
Visiting Assistant Professor – Department of
Science and Technology, University of Madras
The environmental impact of the coal industry includes issues such as land use, waste management and water & air
pollution caused by coal mining, processing and use of its products.
SEA
RC
H S
epte
mbe
r 20
12 A
d N
ame:
Eve
rst
Pg
No.
119
SEA
RC
H Septem
ber 2012 Ad N
ame: H
i-Fab Pg No. 120
122 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
NATIONAL POLICIES ON MINING
he government had
approved the new
National Mineral Policy,
2008, on March 13,
2008. The new policy
enunciates measures to streamline
and simplify the procedures for
granting mineral concessions, develop
a sustainable framework for optimum
utilisation of the country’s natural
mineral resources for the industrial
growth in the country, and, at the same
time, improve the life of people living
in and around the mining areas, which
are generally located in the backward
and tribal regions of the country.
Apart from these, the National
Mineral Policy has enunciated several
policy measures that seek to strengthen
the framework/institutions supporting
the Indian mining sector, which
includes the Indian Bureau of Mines,
Geological Survey of India and State
Directorates of Mining & Geology.
The new policy spelt out measures
to optimise the scientific mining and
exploration of the country’s mineral
resources. Some of the important
measures are:
The existing Mines and Minerals
(Development and Regulation) Act,
1957, will be replaced. The draft
Act has already been posted for
suggestive amendments from the
public.
In order to ensure implementation
of the non-legislative policy
initiatives given in the National
Mineral Policy, 2008, the Ministry
of Mines has also constituted an
Implementation Committee in
June, 2009, to oversee the
implementation of the action points
of the National Mineral Policy.
The new National Mineral Policy
enunciates measures like assured right
to next stage mineral concession,
transferability of mineral concessions
and transparency in the allotment
of concessions, in order to reduce
delays that are seen as impediments
to investment and technology flows
in the mining sector of India. Other
features of the policy include:
- It recognises that minerals are
valuable natural resources as
they are the vital raw material
for infrastructure, capital goods
and basic industries. The
development of the extraction
and management of minerals
has to be integrated into the
overall strategy of the country’s
economic development.
- The exploitation of minerals
has to be guided by long-term
national goals and perspectives
that are dynamic and responsive
to the changing global economic
scenario.
- It also recognises that the country
is blessed with ample resources
of a number of minerals and has
the geological environment for
many others being a part of the
ancient Gondwanaland, which
includes parts of Australia, South
Africa and Latin America.
- The policy lays out that
the guiding strategy for the
development of any mineral
should keep in view its ultimate
end users in terms of demand
and supply in the short, medium
& long terms. This would be
market oriented. However,
a disaggregated approach in
T PRATEEK SUR
As India is endowed with vast mineral resources, the mineral industry is an important segment of the Indian economy. The country produces as many as 84 minerals comprising of four fuels, 11 metallic, 49 non-metallic and 20 minor minerals. The mining sector in India is largely dominated by the public sector; however, the government is now seeking a phased withdrawal of its participation from the non-strategic metal sector in order to encourage private sector players. Here, we discuss some policies and regulations that can strengthen the mining sector of the country and help it function more effi ciently.
A Guiding Light A Guiding Light For Indian MiningFor Indian Mining
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 123
NATIONAL POLICIES ON MINING
respect of each mineral will be
adopted and a mineral-specific
strategy will be developed
to maximise gains from the
comparative advantage that
the country enjoys. Moreover,
mineral development will be
prioritised in terms of import
substitution, value addition and
export, in that order.
- Conservation of minerals shall be
construed not in the restrictive
sense of abstinence from
consumption or preservation for
use in distant future, but as a
positive concept leading to the
augmentation of reserve base
through improvement in mining
methods, beneficiation and
utilisation of low-grade ore and
rejects & recovery of associated
minerals.
MINE DEVELOPMENT AND MINERAL CONSERVATIONThe National Mineral Policy lays
down that the mine development and
mineral conservation, as governed
by the rules & regulations, will be
on sound scientific basis, with the
regulatory agencies, viz., Indian
Bureau of Mines (IBM) and the state
directorates, closely interacting with
R&D organisations and scientific
& professional bodies to ensure
optimal mining plans. Conditions of
mining leases regarding size, shape &
disposition with reference to geological
boundaries and other mining
conditions shall favourably predispose
the leased areas to systematic &
complete extraction of minerals.
Also, the regulatory agencies will
be suitably strengthened through
capacity-building measures. The
Implementation Committee has
directed IBM to prepare detailed
guidelines for mine closure, best
practices and the actual process of
obtaining approval from IBM for
the mine closure plan, detailing the
socioeconomic aspects of mine closure,
long-term impacts, costs involved, etc.
The same has been incorporated in
the IBM Restructuring Report. In this
context, IBM has constituted Working
Groups to:
- Suggest incentives to be given
to mine operators to promote
the adoption of mechanisation,
computerisation and automation
- Develop a plan for the collaboration
of private sector institutions and jobs
in the field of mineral beneficiation
- Develop a legal and institutional
framework for zero waste mining
and strengthening of mechanisation
of mining
- Evolve guidelines for operating
small deposits in a scientific and
efficient manner safeguarding
vital environmental and ecological
aspects.
MEASURE TO CONTROL ILLEGAL MINING All state governments have been
requested to computerise the system
for collecting royalty and issuing
transport permits on the basis of
the Online Royalty Pass System
implemented by Code Solutions, a
Division of Gujarat Narmada
Valley Fertilizers Co (GNFC) Ltd.
All state governments have also
been requested to include
representatives of railways, customs,
ports, and, in the case of iron ore-
producing states, representative of
the Ministry of Steel in the State
Coordination-cum-Empowered
Committees set up in the state, for
better monitoring of the
transportation and export of ore.
To reduce delays, they have been
asked to send a list of mineral
concession cases pending with the
Ministry of Environment & Forests
for clearances. The state
governments have also been asked
to impose the ‘Special Condition’
under Rule 27(3) of Mineral
Concession Rules, 1960, for
ensuring that all the mining lease
holders assess the resources in their
leases as per the UNFC. Besides,
the state governments have been
requested to be more actively
engaged in improving the quality of
mineral administration by taking
the following steps:
- Increasing personnel at railway
sidings
- Removing restrictions on loading of
ores in sidings not used optimally
- Improving security features of the
transit passes (for this purpose, the
system of a single permit per rake
would need to be implemented)
- Taking action against overloading
of trucks, which is a substantial
factor in royalty evasion besides
being responsible for deteriorating
road quality in mining areas and
increasing transport inefficiency
- Putting in place in-motion
weigh-bridges and modernisation
of check gates
- Bettering enforcement through
intelligence sharing, enforcement
squads, joint inspection, mining
cells in police organisation, etc.
- The Ministry of Mines has directed
all the state governments to start
the process of registering end users,
constitution of Special Cells in
State Police, use of satellite imagery
to track down illegal mining,
hologram marking/barcoding of
transport permits, etc.
- The state governments are also
planning to set up special camp
at sites and deployment of Home
Guards in areas where there have
been complaints about illegal
mining.
In addition, the Rule 45 of Mineral
Conservation and Development Rules
has been amended on February 9,
2011, to bring traders, stockists,
exporters and end-users dealing with
minerals under the purview of the
regulation. This will ensure end-
to-end accounting of minerals, thus
obviating scope for illegal mining.
With inputs from Indian Bureau of Mines,
Department of Mines, Ministry of Minerals
and Mines, Government of India
124 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
FDI IN MINING
ccording to the World
Bank, the mining
industry is poised to
expand considerably over
the next 20–30 years.
Developing nations, such as India, play
an increasingly important role in this
expansion on the demand side (as the
population and economies grow), as
well as on the supply side (given the
shifts in the exploration and mining
development investments). Today,
the mining sector is one of the largest
employers in India and hires more
than one million people, i.e., around
4% of the Indian workforce.
India produces as many as 86
minerals, which include four fuels and
10 metallic, 46 non-metallic, three
atomic and 23 minor minerals. The
total value of the mineral production
in India (excluding atomic minerals)
during 2009–10 was estimated at
`1,27,921.42 crore—an increase of
about 4.61% over that of the previous
year. This figure is on the ascent and
is expected to become huge by the end
of 2012.
To a great extent, the mining sector
has flourished due to the continuously
increasing demand from industrial
production, agriculture, high-tech
sectors and merchandise producers in
more than 100 countries. Among these
100 countries, 50 can be called ‘mining
countries’ because:
The sector immensely contributes
to the export earnings of these
countries
It serves their large domestic markets
It employs millions of workers from
these countries.
SCOPE OF FDIFDI plays a vital role in improving
the economy of the country and is a
crucial element to help local industries
survive in the global market. FDI
inflow provides strength to the Indian
economy and therefore, concerted
efforts are needed at the regional,
national and international levels in
order to attract FDI inflows for the
growth of the Indian economy.
In order to analyse FDI in the
mining sector, we need to first
examine the opportunities, challenges,
responsibilities and recommendations,
among other factors. Since the
last two decades, India has been an
attractive and profit-oriented market
for investments. In this scenario, FDI
has been an easy path for investors to
enter the market. Though factors such
as vast consumer market, a big retail
sector and huge aggregate demands
have attracted FDI, there are some
‘depressing’ factors that make FDI
in the mining sector difficult. Some
of these ‘depressing’ factors include
inadequate domestic supply, weak
infrastructure, lacking technological
background, political instability, low
GDP, poor management skill, under-
par investment promotion strategies,
A PRATEEK SUR
India has become one of the most promising markets in the globe. Its technical and skilled human resources are among the fi nest in the world. The private sector is the lifeblood of economic activity in India, which is energetic and spirited. The middle-class population of India is greater than the population of the US or the European Union, which provides India a key place in international competition. Under the new economic policy, India provides an open and liberal economic atmosphere and offers considerable scope for FDI, joint ventures and collaborations. The policy formulated by the government has removed all the unnecessary rules and has created a liberal environment for foreign investors to facilitate FDI infl ows under the automatic route.
A A GoldmineGoldmine of of Business OpportunitiesBusiness Opportunities
FDI IN MINING
126 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
confused outlook of the government
towards investment, ailing local
industries, inadequate finance and
unemployment.
The government, investors and
producers should work towards
creating a healthy economy. It needs
to draft a favourable legal framework
for FDI policies in India. Also, there
needs to be adequate policies to
maintain quality and prices of goods.
Additionally, preference should
be given to technology exchanges
between the host and guest countries.
It is important to note that FDI plays
a vital role in improving the economy
of the country and is a crucial element
to help local industries survive in the
global market. FDI inflow provides
strength to the Indian economy
and therefore, concerted efforts are
needed at the regional, national and
international levels in order to attract
FDI inflows for the growth of Indian
economy.
FDI IN COAL SECTORPrivate Indian companies setting
up or operating power projects as
well as coal/lignite mines for captive
consumption may be allowed 100%
foreign equity, provided that the coal/
lignite produced by them is meant
only for captive consumption in power
generation. Full foreign investment
in the equity of an Indian subsidiary
of a foreign company or in the equity
of an Indian company for setting up
coal processing plants in India may be
allowed subject to the conditions that
such an Indian subsidiary
or the Indian company:
Shall not do coal mining
Shall not sell the washed
or sized coal from their
coal-processing plants to the
respective parties.
Also, private Indian companies
that are engaged in the exploration or
mining of coal and lignite for captive
consumption for iron, steel and cement
production may be allowed 100%
foreign equity. The government has
reviewed its policy on FDI and decided
to permit it under the automatic route
for coal and lignite mining for captive
consumption by power projects, iron
& steel, cement production and other
eligible activities permitted as per
the provisions of the Coal Mines
(Nationalisation) Act, 1973.
MINING AND FDIThe Indian Government had, in a
pragmatic manner, opened up the
mining sector to FDI in 1993 after the
announcement of the New Mineral
Policy to infuse funds, technology and
managerial expertise in the sector. The
FDI policy in the mining sector had
been gradually liberalised during the
next few years. In 1997, the automatic
approval route for investments
involving foreign equity
participation up to 50% in
mining projects and up to
74% in services incidental
to mining was introduced.
Also, the FDI cap for exploration
and mining of diamonds & precious
stones has been increased to 100%
under the automatic route with effect
from February 2006. With this, FDI
in the mining sector for all non-atomic
and non-fuel minerals have now been
fully opened up to 100% through the
The FDI cap for exploration and mining of diamonds & precious stones has been increased to 100% under the
automatic route with effect from February 2006.
FDI decreases the production cost of goods and services. Elimination of transaction and transporting cost between the host & guest countries is possible under FDI.
The role of FDI in job creation and conservation is found to be more favourable for the host country. A good infl ow of FDI creates new employment opportunities in the industries and market sectors of the host country. The FDI infl ows also encourage the transfer of technological expertise and professional education between different countries.
FDI increases the industrial productivity of the host country. With the increase in output, the home country can boost its export. It also helps in bridging the defi cit between import and export.
FDI improves the GDP of the host country, leading to a healthy economy. Better GDP rate improves the living standards of people in the host country.
FDI enhances the competition at the global level. The FDI infl ow develops the effi ciency and sustains the growth rate of the developing countries.
FDI also encourages regional development of a developing country. FDI releases broad opportunities in the traffi c of goods and services in India. FDI helps in upgrading the existing old processes with new technologies. Also,
developing countries can implement advanced technology in industrial and IT sectors by inviting FDI.
Foreign fi rms are nowadays investing large amounts in joint ventures with India. In order to position themselves better in the Indian market, they spend large amounts on quality and distribution of the product. FDI increases the level of competition in the host country. This results in the availability of economically-priced and good-quality products and services.
FDI has also created a large number of employment opportunities by developing industrial units in various parts of India.
It has also been seen that FDI encourages domestic producers. They become more effi cient and are able to withstand competition from local as well as outside markets. It results in enhancing the economic growth.
Finally, FDI can also provide large supplies of products and services by implementing advanced infrastructure & technologies in industries. It helps in increasing the purchasing power of low-income people in the host country.
ADVANTAGES OF FDI
FDI IN MINING
128 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
automatic route, including diamonds
and precious stones.
RECENT DEVELOPMENTSOf late, there has been an emphasis
by the Indian Government to
ensure that the legal licence to mine
is also accompanied by a social
licence to mine. A draft bill, Mines
and Minerals (Development and
Regulation) Bill, 2010, envisages the
setting up of a National
Mining Tribunal that can
check independently, all
decisions, indecisions and
delays in its application. It further
proposes that if the state governments
want to grant forest areas for mining, it
is mandatory to consult the panchayats
of the tribal areas. It has also been
proposed that 26% of the profits from
mining should be shared with the
people who are displaced because of
the projects. If companies do not make
profits, they would need to pay an
amount equal to the mining royalties
to the displaced people.
MINING: AN EXCITING SECTOR FOR POTENTIAL INVESTORSClearly, the mining sector in India
is an alluring venture with the
government leaving no stone unturned
to make it more investor friendly.
There are proposed amendments and
decisions in the pipeline that may have
far-reaching consequences for the
potential investors. The contribution
of mining and quarrying sector to
GDP in 2009–10 (April–September)
was `31,808 crore—an increase of
8.7% over the figure of the preceding
period. Clearly, mining in India is an
exciting sector for potential investors.
By the end of 2012, this growth will
become far more clear.
The path of economic growth
and development certainly navigates
with the help of FDI. India is an
over-populated country; and the
infrastructure facility is not much
developed. Supply has become weak
and inflation also keeps on increasing.
Hence, there is a need for good
investment policies and a people-
welfare outlook while inviting FDI.
FDI has now become an important
part of the Indian economy without
which the present status of economy
could never be maintained.
To compete at the
international level, help
local businesses survive,
upgrade old technologies and primarily
to increase the number of employment
opportunities in the mining sector,
FDI has a key role to play.
With inputs from Akash Meshram, Assistant
Professor – Department of Commerce and
Rekha Meshram, Head – Department &
Assistant Professor – Department of Commerce,
NH College, Bramhapuri District, Chandrapur.
Today, the mining sector is one of the largest employers in India and hires more than one million people, i.e., around 4%
of the Indian workforce.
130 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
MERGERS, ACQUISITIONS AND JOINT VENTURESMERGERS, ACQUISITIONS AND JOINT VENTURES
lobally, the growth
in Mergers and
Acquisitions (M&As)
and Joint Ventures (JVs)
in mining had begun to
slack in the latter half of 2011. As the
crises in European and US economies
forced companies to adopt a wait-and-
watch stand, the situation remained
the same in the first half of 2012. The
only sector that has seen the most
aggressive consolidation in the form
of JVs and M&As is the metallurgical
or met coal and iron ore industries.
This has largely been facilitated owing
to the large global steel producers
seeking to secure their access to the
raw materials. Coal sector deals in the
US alone drew many global companies
into M&A activities to a much greater
degree. While China, too, is showing
signs of becoming a more sophisticated
& confident acquirer, African copper
assets appear to be high on the
country’s agenda.
In this situation, the depressed stock
prices of many small mining companies
are encouraging acquisitions by big
ones, as they often believe that small
companies are specialised at what they
do. Therefore, many large companies
prefer to acquire the best early-stage
projects of the small companies rather
than develop their own exploration
and development capabilities.
Unsolicited bids with large premiums
have also become prominent M&A
activities. Cameco’s $479-million
takeover of the Hathor Exploration in
August 2011 (subsequently acquired
by Rio Tinto) is one example that
represented a 40% premium. Stillwater
Mining also paid a 290% premium
to buy all the outstanding shares of
Peregrine Metals.
Another feature of the M&A
activities is the increasing number
of interlopers that are jumping into
the already announced deals. For
example, the Inmet and Lundin
merger attracted Equinox Minerals,
Minmetals Resources & Barrick Gold
as interlopers.
However, the case ended up with
Inmet and Lundin abandoning their
merger and Barrick buying Equinox.
Timmins Gold was also an interloper
in the AuRico Gold/Capital Gold
transaction—a role that AuRico itself
played in the deal between Northgate
Minerals and Primero. In addition,
a few transactions spawned spin-off
companies to develop properties that
were unwarranted by the acquirer
and particularly desired by the target.
When Quantum Minerals first
acquired Antares Minerals, a company
called Regulus Resources was created
to develop Antares’ 50% interest in the
G PRATEEK SUR
The numbers of Mergers & Acquisitions (M&As) and Joint Ventures (JVs) in mining have cooled down in the second half of 2011 and the early half of 2012. Although the sector has seen one or two big deals, M&As and JVs involving base metal companies have dwindled as economic uncertainty curbs global demand and softens prices. However, deals relating to gold mining are capturing a higher percentage of the minimal M&A activities in mining.
Deliver DemandsDeliver DemandsEnvious DealsEnvious Deals
toto
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 131
MERGERS, ACQUISITIONS AND JOINT VENTURES
COAL Alpha Natural Resources has beat fellow American
Arch Coal to acquire Massey Energy for $8.5 billion—the highest valued mining target in 2011.
Subsequent to a failed divestiture attempt, Whitehaven recently announced the acquisition of fellow Australian miners Aston and Boardwalk for $3 billion. The deal creates Australia’s largest independent coal explorer.
Against a backdrop of crashing equity prices, Rio Tinto and Mitsubishi have teamed up to acquire a minority stake in Australia’s Coal & Allied for approximately $1.5 billion.
Mongolia Mining has signed a $464-million deal to buy fellow Mongolian coal miner QGX. The deal is the largest ever Mongolian M&A transaction.
Bumi PLC has announced that its proposed acquisition of 75% of PT Bumi Resources Minerals will not proceed due to market uncertainties.
COPPER Australia’s Equinox Minerals has been acquired by
Canada’s Barrick Gold for C$7.3 billion. The offer trumped Minmetals’ C$6.3 billion offer and has resulted in Equinox retreating from its hostile bid for Lundin Mining (which resulted in the death of a friendly merger between Lundin and Inmet mining).
KGHM Polska Miedz has announced the acquisition of Canada’s Quadra FNX Mining for C$3.5 billion—the largest ever overseas acquisition by a Polish company.
Japanese industrial conglomerate Mitsubishi Corporation has acquired a 24.5% stake in Anglo American Sur for $5.4 billion in November 2011. The deal blocked Chile’s Codelco from acquiring 49% of Anglo’s Chilean copper unit (via its option to do so) and ignited a cross-continent legal battle.
In another cross-continent battle, this time for African copper resources, China’s Jinchuan Group—an emerging market giant, has offered $1.3 billion to acquire South African copper miner Metorex, trumping a bid by Brazil’s Vale.
Chinese Minmetals Resources has extended three offers to Africa-focussed Anvil Mining—the most recent of which valued the company at $1.3 billion.
GOLD Eldorado Gold has acquired fellow Canadian European
Goldfields for C$2.5 billion. The transaction, which was motivated by a desire to secure European Goldfields’ assets in Greece and Turkey, was the largest gold deal of 2011.
US-based Newmont Mining Corp has acquired Canada’s Fronteer Gold for C$2.3 billion in order to gain three exploration and development projects in Nevada, which are expected to contain 4.2 million ounces of gold. Newmont spun off the remaining 11 projects into a new company, Pilot Gold.
In one of the largest-ever transactions led by a Chinese gold producer, Shandong Gold Group has announced a
$1-billion unsolicited bid for Brazil’s Jaguar Mining. The hostile offer has prompted Jaguar to initiate a strategic review process to explore alternatives. The bid represented the highest premium ever offered in cash (nearly 79%) for a gold miner (>$500 million).
Canada’s White Tiger Gold and Century Mining have entered into a business combination. The combined entity emerged as a diversified intermediate with multiple properties in various stages of production and development in Canada, Russia and Peru.
Northgate Minerals and AuRico Gold have entered into a share exchange of approximately $1.5 billion. The deal has resulted in the creation of a leading intermediate producer, with a strong foothold in Canada and Australia.
IRON ORE US-based Cliffs has acquired Canada’s Consolidated
Thompson for $4.7 billion. Cliffs sought out Consolidated Thompson’s coveted Asian customer in order to expand beyond its largely North American steel-making customer base.
In a sign that the buyer base for mining deals is expanding, Russia’s VTB Capital, the investment business of VTB Group, has acquired Russia-based iron ore producer OAO for $2.5 billion.
Chinese conglomerate Hanlong Mining has acquired Australia’s Sundance Resources for A$1.44 billion. Sundance’s projects span the Republics of Cameroon and Congo. The estimated cost to develop the projects, including the construction of a deepwater port and railway, is in the range of $4.7 billion.
The Steel Authority of India has won the rights to develop an iron ore concession in Afghanistan (the latter was the latest in a series of deals aimed at opening up the country’s mineral resources to regional powers). As part of the deal, the Indian consortium proposed setting up mines and a steel plant in the war-torn country.
The Techint Group, the second-largest steelmaker in Latin America, has agreed to pay $2.8 billion for a 27.7% voting stake in Brazil’s Usinas Siderurgicas de Minas Gerais SA (Usiminas). Usiminas is the largest flat steel producer in Brazil with 9.5 million tonne of crude steel capacity. It has facilities near the main consumers of steel in Brazil and iron ore mines in the Serra Azul region.
With a strong but volatile outlook for the sector, the global mining and metals industry is focussed on future growth through expanded production, without losing sight of operational efficiency and cost optimisation. The sector is also faced with the increased challenges of changing expectations in the maintenance of its social licence to operate, skill shortages, effectively executing capital projects and meeting government revenue expectations.
Collated from PwC India
ENVIOUS DEALS AND ACQUISITIONS
MERGERS, ACQUISITIONS AND JOINT VENTURES
132 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
Rio Grande project. Similarly, Pilot
Gold was a new company created
to develop 11 residual exploration
projects when Newmont Mining
bought Fronteer Gold. Australia was
the most targeted geography. Coking
coal assets continued to be in demand,
although a number of deals could not
be completed during 2011 primarily
due to strong competition from
Chinese investors.
The need to move quickly on the
decreasing number of goods projects
around the world has also led to more
joint bids than the industry has seen in
several years.
MEANWHILE, IN INDIA...In 2011, a number of aspiring India-
based mining and metals companies
continued to target M&As to sustain
growth and become global
players in their own right.
Despite this, outbound
investment slowed in 2011
with many deals struggling
to be completed. This was
largely due to different
asset valuation expectations and
intense competition, rather than a loss
of appetite for acquisitions.
The largest deal to be completed in
2011 was Vedanta Resources’ increased
stake in Cairn India, bringing its total
investment to 58.5%. While this is not
strictly a mining deal, as Cairn India
is an oil & gas producer, it adds scale
to, and diversifies, Vedanta’s energy
operations. With the exception of the
domestic oil & gas deals, coal remains
the most targeted commodity by the
Indian mining and metals companies,
representing 94% of India’s outbound
investments during 2011. To this,
Anjani Agrawal, Partner and National
Leader – Metals & Mining, Ernst &
Young India, adds, “Urbanisation, the
need to build infrastructure and the
demand for automotives & consumer
goods continue to fuel Indian mining
and metals investment.”
India is the world’s third-largest
coal producer, and although production
has been estimated to increase, it
remains constrained by environmental
regulations. Moreover, the rate of
growth is anticipated to be slower than
the demand, thereby resulting in an
estimated coal shortfall of 142 million
tonne in 2012.
Indian downstream metal
operations continued to attract
inbound investment. While not
many significant deals of this nature
were completed during 2011, JSE
announced that it is looking to increase
its stake in JSW from 14.9% to 24.9%
in order to access the Indian market.
Additionally, the National Mineral
Development Corporation (NMDC)
and Russian steel company Severstal
are jointly developing a steel plant in
India.
While this represents one of the
largest investments in India’s steel
market, it is also likely to bring the
latest steel-making technology to India
and thus motivate the Indian mining
industry to reach newer levels.
RAISING THE CAPITAL Indian borrowers also faced some
of the highest borrowing costs in
2011. Essar Steel reportedly paid
13.4% interest on a $224-million
emerging market investment grade
bond maturing in 2018—the highest
coupon in the sector. The rising
cost of borrowing may impede the
expansion & acquisition ambitions of
India’s mining and metals companies.
In an effort to rein in currency and
inflation pressures, the Reserve Bank
of India has raised its prime lending
rate to 8.5% in last year, in a series of
rate rises over the past year.
In a positive sign, Vedanta
Aluminium closed a $3.6-billion
project finance facility with a syndicate
of over 20 banks—reportedly the
largest loan of its size in India since
1952. The proceeds will be used for
constructing a 1-million tonne per
annum (mtpa) alumina refinery with a
75-MW co-generation captive power
plant at Lanjigarh, and a 1.60-mtpa
aluminium smelter with 1,215-MW
captive power plant at Jharsuguda in
Orissa in Eastern India.
Moreover, India’s IPO market is
also subdued, mirroring the caution
and unfavourable conditions seen in
many markets of the world. There
were just two small-scale new listings
in the sector this year, Vaswani
Industries and Readymade Steel India.
Challenging equity market conditions
have also reportedly impeded the
Indian Government’s ability to
meet ambitious privatisation targets
this year. SAIL
a n d H i n d u s t a n
Copper have deferred
issues of new equity.
POTENT WITH PROSPECTSCoal and iron are likely
to remain the focus of mining
M&As during 2012, although other
commodities, including copper and
zinc, will also be targeted. Indian
companies are likely to continue looking
to Indonesia, Australia and Africa for
growth opportunities, increasingly
opting to acquire outrightly rather
than through off-take agreements.
More domestic consolidation is
expected during 2012 within mid-size
Indian steel companies in the hope of
increasing scale and better positioning
themselves against squeezing margins.
Companies also expect to see more
inbound investment in the steel market,
with Asian steel giants POSCO and
JSW showing an interest in accessing
India’s market potential. This can
potentially lead to the development of
India-based greenfield steel projects.
With inputs from PwC India, KPMG India
and Ernst & Young India
India is the world’s third-largest coal producer, and although production has been estimated to increase, it remains
constrained by environmental regulations. Moreover, the rate of growth is anticipated to be slower than the demand,
thereby resulting in an estimated coal shortfall of 142 million tonne in 2012.
GLOBAL MINING DEALS 2011–12
134 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
Empowering NationsMining, a venture that requires drilling, blasting, excavation, loading, crushing and conveying of an ore right from the bottom of the earth to the fi nal processed product that comes out of a factory, is one of the most important factors that drives the nations in the present era. Every government tries to invest in and better its mining capabilities so that it helps the nation in its development. Here’s profi ling a list of some of the sector-wise mining ventures happened in the last fi scal year 2011–12.
ALUMINIUMYear 2011 saw 10 deals with a cumulative value of $6.5 bn and an average deal size of $654 mn, as compared
to the sector average of $161 mn. The deal value was largely driven by Norsk Hydro’s acquisition of Vale’s
aluminium assets for $4.9 bn to secure long-term supply of high-quality bauxite. British Petroleum’s
divestment of its non-core business, Arco Aluminium, to a consortium of Japanese companies for $680 mn
was the second largest deal in the sector.
Transaction activities are expected to increase in 2012. Rio Tinto Alcan has announced that it plans to divest or close 13 of its
assets. As aluminium prices in late 2011 and early 2012 are close to the marginal cost of production, it would seem that acquirers
looking to the medium term could become active in the coming year while assets are cheap. China is expected to see producers
consolidate and rationalise costs, potentially through closures.
COALCoal is currently one of the hottest areas for Mergers & Acquisitions (M&As). In 2011, there were 161 deals
either targeting coal or undertaken by coal companies. These deals had a cumulative value of $42.1 bn and an
average size of $261 mn as compared to the sector average of $161 mn. In 2012, there are $18 bn worth of
incomplete coal deals in Australia alone. In 2011, power utilities, steel companies and governments continued
to integrate raw materials in order to manage supply and price risks.
Consolidation in the North American coal market dominated acquisitions, while Indonesia, as well as frontier regions
such as Mozambique and Mongolia, showed significant growth. The next two years promise to provide a supply imbalance
in favour of thermal coal miners. Investors who want to benefit from the strong Chinese demand may look to coal reserves of
Indonesia and Mongolia. On the other hand, those that want to take advantage from the imbalance in the Indian coal sector
may focus on Australia and Indonesia.
Aston Resources and Whitehaven Coal have announced a merger of equals that, along with the purchase of unlisted
Boardwalk Resources, will create a $5-bn Australian coal company. Gloucester Coal has entered into a merger proposal with
Yanzhou Coal Mining Company and its wholly owned Australian subsidiary, Yancoal Australia. Steel and power companies
will continue to integrate into coal to help manage price and supply risk. Looking at 2012 and beyond, it is expected to see
more deals in frontier markets.
COPPERIn 2011, high prices, strong emerging markets demand and constrained mine supply were the major drivers
of deal activity in the copper sector. Despite softness in price, copper still trades at more than double its
marginal cost of production, thereby providing very attractive cash margins. As a result, junior explorers and
miners emerged as prime takeover targets for bigger producers, particularly those looking to expand output
capacity immediately.
The biggest deal during the year was the acquisition of Africa-focussed copper miner, Equinox Minerals, for $7.4 bn by Barrick
Gold. In Chile, Japan’s Mitsubishi Corporation acquired a 24.5% stake in Anglo American Sur for $5.4 bn. Interestingly, Chilean
state-owned Codelco is currently disputing the acquisition by Mitsubishi, based on an option it had to acquire up to 49% of Anglo
American Sur. Rio Tinto’s additional stakes in Ivanhoe Mines for a total $1.8 bn was aimed at gaining greater exposure to Oyu
Tolgoi mine in Mongolia, which is expected to be the world’s biggest copper mine outside of Chile. The year 2012 may well
see even further increase in Rio Tinto’s ownership of Oyu Tolgoi. This deal, together with smaller deals targeting Pakistan,
Papua New Guinea and the Philippines, highlight the growing interest in untapped/high-risk regions to meet the need for
copper supply growth.
Canadian companies were the most active copper acquirers in 2011, completing 45 deals with a total value of $8.6 bn.
Domestic activity dominated Canadian deals, with the majority involving junior miners and explorers. Japan completed two
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 135
GLOBAL MINING DEALS 2011–12
GOLDStrong demand and continued high prices may persist in 2012 and beyond. Gold deals were again driven
by consolidation to access new growth and increase market share, with over half of the gold deals targeting
domestic reserves and market share. Russia attracted the top deal by value—Kazakh Gold Group acquired
Polyus Zoloto for $8.4 bn. Faced with limited growth options, major gold producers may increasingly look
to diversify into copper, while maintaining their gold exposure. Barrick Gold closed the second largest gold deal of the year
with its acquisition of copper producer Equinox Minerals for $7.4 bn.
The strange disappearance of much of the gold premium during 2011 has made gold companies comparatively more
attractive than in the previous years. This could also encourage more transactions to be done for cash. It is expected that deal
activity will increase in 2012–13, mostly from transactions involving smaller M&As of equals and the disposals by majors of
non-core holdings.
IRON OREStrong demand and high prices were significant deal drivers, especially during the first half of 2011. Steel
companies and governments are seeking new sources of raw materials in order to manage supply price risks.
For a number of iron ore companies, deals were driven by the need to secure future reserves and achieve
economies of scale for production, as well as spreading costs associated with infrastructure. The largest deal
in 2011 was Cliffs Natural Resources’ $4.1-bn purchase of Consolidated Thompson Iron. This deal highlights the continued
interest in Canada as companies seek to find new resources. Australia, too, remained a favoured destination both for inbound
and domestic activities.
In 2012, deal activity in West Africa is likely to increase as greater political certainty attracts more players to the region,
even though this production will not reach the market until 2015 at the earliest. Steel companies will continue to integrate
into raw materials to help manage price and supply risk. As an alternative way to gain greater off-take, steelmakers are also
likely to become a new infrastructure funding source.
NICKELThe overall deal value increased 62% year-on-year to reach $1.5 bn, while the number of
deals fell by almost a quarter. The larger nickel deals tended to focus on increasing stakes
or taking over entire mining companies, while smaller deals focussed on securing minority
stakes and supply security. The biggest deal was completed when Norilsk Nickel’s subsidiary, Stillwater
Mining, acquired Peregrine Metals in Canada for $387 mn.
It is expected that 2012 transaction activity will remain steady, but low in comparison to other base metals. Expected
restraints on nickel prices means that transactions will be trying to lock in lower cost production via economies of scale or
other synergies. Deals are likely to centre on expanding positions in existing nickel mining regions, along with significant
laterite deposits in countries such as Australia and Canada.
POTASH/PHOSPHATEThe rebound in potash demand was aggressive in 2011 and resulted in CanPotex and Belarus Potash virtually
being sold out of potash by the third quarter of 2011, despite record production by Potash Corporation of
Saskatchewan in the second quarter. In 2011, there were 21 deals either targeting potash or undertaken by
potash companies. These deals were dominated by Russia’s consolidation of Silvinit and Uralkali. The merger
made Uralkali the second largest producer of potash in the world.
After Russia, Canada was the most sought after destination for potash M&As. There is also a growing interest in Africa.
In the Republic of the Congo, China-based Evergreen Industries acquired TSX-listed MagIndustries for $119 mn, in order to
gain access to the Mengo Potash Project. There is also interest in potash projects in Brazil and Saudi Arabia. The long-term
demand fundamentals for potash and phosphate by the fertiliser sector are strong, largely due to population growth, changing
diets, declining arable lands, the need to increase yields and historic under-application of fertilisers.
There continues to be noteworthy exploration in Africa, particularly in the Danakil Basin, extending from Eritrea
southward into Ethiopia. Vale’s project to produce phosphate rock in Mozambique is in the feasibility stage, with estimated
large deals with a total value of $6.1 bn. It is expected to see an increasing number of deals targeting Latin America and
Africa, as these regions account for the majority of potential copper supply. Acquisitions by sovereign interests for resource
security are expected to be a continuing trend.
GLOBAL MINING DEALS 2011–12
136 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
production capacity of two million tonne per year. Canada’s outlook is also positive with Potash Corporation of Saskatchewan
planning two new mines. On a less positive note, financially troubled Belarus looks poised to sell a stake in state-owned
Belaruskali. As signalled by BHP Billiton’s increasing investment in potash and phosphate, the large global diversified
miners will increasingly look to grow their portfolio exposures to these fertilisers. As such, the companies should expect some
transformational deals over the next few years.
SILVER, LEAD, ZINCGlobal economic uncertainties and the possibility of another recession have led to renewed interest in silver.
Zinc and lead deals have been driven by the need to secure long-term supply and achieve economies of scale.
Nyrstar completed two zinc deals aggregating $979 mn when it acquired Canada’s Farallon Mining and later
Breakwater Resources, thereby securing supply in low-risk jurisdictions. Hindustan Zinc, a unit of Vedanta
Resources, acquired Anglo American Zinc for $1.3 bn. Anglo American Zinc comprises the Skorpion Mine in Namibia, the
Lisheen Mine in Ireland and a 74% interest in Black Mountain Mining in South Africa. It is expected that deals in silver will
continue as it is seen as a ‘safe haven’ commodity. Zinc and lead will also continue to be attractive where integration of mining
and smelting operations provides scale & cost efficiencies. There will be high demand from emerging markets like China and
India in 2012. More strategic joint ventures are expected, as smaller companies look for ways to minimise project risk and
increase access to capital and operational capabilities, especially for companies focussing on emerging and developing silver
projects. As seen in 2009, canny buyers of lead and zinc assets reaped handsome rewards in 2010 when there were concerns
of global economic growth. A similar scenario may well be played out in 2012. Countries with high-grade deposits, such as
Peru and Mexico, are the likely destinations of choice for future deal makers.
STEELMarket and price volatility is a big driver of deals in the steel sector as steelmakers seek to protect margins
and remain competitive. Raw material prices have surged, and, in some cases (for example, when raw materials
have to be imported), can account for up to 70% of the overall costs of goods. The biggest deal in 2011
was the acquisition of 15% of Brazilian niobium producer CBMM for $2.0 bn by a consortium of Chinese
steelmakers and Chinese state-owned investment company, CITIC Group.
In the US, the Renco Group acquired the North American assets of Severstal for $1.2 bn and OneSteel acquired Altasteel
in Canada and Moly-Cop in Chile for $932 mn. The acquisition of Baffinland Iron Mines in Canada by ArcelorMittal and
investment partner Nunavut Iron Acquisition for $514 mn highlights the move upstream into raw materials by steelmakers.
The pending deal between Nippon Steel and Sumitomo Metal will create the second-largest steel producer in the world.
The Chinese sector may consolidate further if the recent decline in steel prices adds impetus to government policy to further
consolidate high-cost Chinese steelmakers. Increasing demand from emerging markets will see an increase in strategic joint
ventures by global steelmakers with players in those markets. It is expected that the excess steelmaking capacity in North
America and Europe may be progressively shut down and most new expansions may take place in Asia and the BRIC
countries.
URANIUMThe uranium sector experienced an uncertain first half of 2011, with deal volumes impacted by the fallout of
the Japanese nuclear disaster. Despite market uncertainty in 2011, a number of large deals were completed.
The largest was Atomredmetzoloto’s (ARMZ) acquisition of Mantra Resources, via its Canada-based
subsidiary, Uranium One, for $981 mn. The Russian company was seeking to secure uranium reserves in
Africa.
The majors will continue to be active, with Rio Tinto completing its $620-mn acquisition of Hathor Exploration in
2012, BHP Billiton proceeding with its Olympic Dam expansion and the accumulation of assets by ARMZ. The Rio Tinto
takeover of Hathor has generated a lot of interest in the highly concentrated global sector. The deal has given Rio Tinto a
foothold in Athabasca Basin, which is already home to many other uranium-mining companies.
The Australian Government’s recent decision to sell uranium to India confirms India’s emergence as a powerful customer.
Time will tell whether the decision by Germany and others to cease development of nuclear power stations will stand up to
energy security issues. The current uncertain environment for uranium will see acquirers seeking to take advantage of this
disconnect between supply fundamentals that, in turn, leads to undervalued companies.
Collated by Prateek Sur with inputs from Ernst & Young India.
Sear
ch S
epte
mbe
r 20
12 A
d N
ame:
C&
S
Pg N
o. 1
37
SEA
RC
H Septem
ber 2012 Ad N
ame: Inventum
Pg No. 138
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 139
ROBOTICS IN NUCLEAR FUEL CYCLE
obotics, automation
and remote handling
technologies play a
crucial role in almost
all facets of the nuclear
fuel cycle, such as fuel fabrication,
reactors, fuel reprocessing, In-Service
Inspection (ISI) & repair, Post-
Irradiation Examinations (PIE),
isotope production, etc. The
phenomenal advancements in this
fascinating area have been due to
the various necessities—unique to
the nuclear industry—to reduce the
radiation exposure during handling
operations and technologies required
to facilitate remote inspection of
inaccessible areas of nuclear reactors/
plants or to facilitate remote repair/
refurbishments of operating plants.
FUEL FABRICATIONIn the field of fuel fabrication, robots
and automation are essential to
increase the productivity as well as to
facilitate the inspection of inaccessible
remote locations. The automation of
Non Destructive Examination (NDE)
in the fuel fabrication line results in
significant performance enhancement
in terms of cost, time and efficiency.
Higher productivity and yield could
be achieved in these plants with
augmented automation and inspection
concepts. These could include modern
concepts like ‘intelligent processing’,
where feedback from inspection
could be given to the process for
online correction, thereby achieving
‘zero defect’ concepts. Further, these
concepts also facilitate higher levels of
documentation of critical components
like fuel pellets, end plugs and fuel pins,
among others. These documentations
help in accurately estimating the life
of these components in reactors and
also act as effective tools to take
corrective actions in the fabrication
procedures based on the feedback from
operating experiences.
A field that requires immediate
attention is the thorium fuel cycle—
the third stage of India’s nuclear
energy programme. Since the fission
of U232 results in high radiation levels,
large-scale fuel fabrication using U233
in the thorium fuel cycle will be
possible only if the fabrication facility
is fully automated. Robotics and
automation are the best choices for the
speedy closure of fast breeder reactor
fuel cycle, by way of reprocessing/
re-fabrication of short-cooled fast
breeder reactor fuels.
FUEL REPROCESSING In fuel reprocessing, the current
concepts of automation need to be
augmented for increasing the reliability
and productivity of the plants. The
introduction of rugged automation
concepts with the possibility of
robotic or remote dismantling/repair
capabilities will greatly facilitate the
plant layout that is more structured
and not dependent on the reach
of conventional master–slave
manipulators (MSMs). Reprocessing/
re-fabrication using advanced concepts,
like pyrochemical or pyrometallurgical
methods, is only possible in an
automated manner.
Large-scale waste management of
highly active waste streams is always
RIndia has seen several developments pertaining to automation in atomic reactors. However, considering the developments in this fi eld in countries such as Japan, the US and other European countries, it is clearly evident that there is still scope for much more when it comes to high-temperature sustainable robots, real-time path planning, etc. An innovative development system with a judicious mix of young, senior, academic and research & industry personnel is essential for the speedy implementation of the targeted goals.
Automating the Automating the ATOMIC WORLDATOMIC WORLD
ROBOTICS IN NUCLEAR FUEL CYCLE
140 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
better done using automated concepts;
for example, the waste immobilisation
by vitrification. Decommissioning
of highly contaminated glove boxes,
reprocessing plant components, reactor
internals, etc., also require advanced
robotic concepts for remote handling
and automation.
ISI and repair of nuclear reactor/
reprocessing plants are some other
challenging areas that require
immediate attention. In case of remote
inspection of the nuclear plants
in service, automated and robotic
inspection techniques allow faster
inspection with accurate & reliable
detection of defects. It is also possible
to size the defects by employing such
methods. It also helps in archiving
the test results/data for future analysis
and interpretation. In fact, the NDE
aided by automation and robotic
systems is key to achieve economy in
design, manufacture, operation & life
extension of components and plants.
A number of such systems & gadgets
have been successfully developed
indigenously in the Department of
Atomic Energy (DAE) and are being
utilised for Pressurised Heavy Water
Reactor (PHWR) coolant channel
inspection, core shroud inspection of
Boiling Water Reactors (BWR), etc.
At Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic
Research (IGCAR), Kalpakkam,
a number of ISI devices have been
successfully developed and deployed
for inspecting reprocessing plants.
Currently, efforts are underway for
developing a remote-controlled robotic
device that can work at an ambient of
1500C. This device, which is nearing
completion, can be deployed to the
narrow inter-space between the main
reactor vessel & the safety vessel and
can perform a number of visual &
NDE checks, where the temperature
at the time of inspection will be 1500C.
The device has a number of state-of-
the-art features for remote navigation,
safe deployment & withdrawal and
high-temperature inspection devices.
In the past, considerable
advancements were made in the
development of remote handling
equipment—starting from low-end
MSM, articulated versions to higher
capacity rugged duty manipulators and
modular three-piece advanced versions.
Servo-controlled manipulators with
large volume reach and moderate
handling capacities have been also
developed and inducted into service.
However, this area requires very special
attention to fulfil India’s third-stage
nuclear vision, by inducting advanced
MSMs of leak tight version, higher
capacity advanced servo manipulators
coupled with remote vision and
perception systems. Such systems are
essential in all areas of nuclear fuel
cycle, such as reprocessing, remote fuel
fabrication, waste management and
PIE among others.
NEED OF THE HOURMany challenging and key areas of
robotics in the nuclear realm require
active participation from academia,
R&D institutions and the industry.
Some key issues are the development
of standardised radiation-hardened
electronic systems, feedback elements
and tactile & vision sensors.
Importantly, artificial intelligence-
based control systems and advanced
instrumentation for process automation
need to be developed. In remote and
automated fuel fabrication, complete
automation assisted by robotic systems
with tactile sensing hands requires to
be implemented. This will include
associated developments in the field of
advanced control and analysis systems
for tele-presence using vision, tactile
& feedback sensors and advanced
instrumentation for remote operation.
Another area that requires
collaboration from academia is the
development of advanced concepts
for hyper-redundant manipulators,
like spine manipulators. The robotic
vision for quality control in automated
transfer lines is to be introduced in
remote and automated fuel fabrication.
In case of robots for rescue operations,
real-time path planning during the
search is vital for the navigation of the
robot and an optimal path planning
strategy involving coordinated motion
of multiple rescue robots need to
be addressed. The key elements in
achieving these challenging goals are
through critical reviews of the evolving
designs and pooling together the
combined experiences in the industry
along with the experimentation &
analysis done by academicians and
researchers. Increased participation of
industries in the design and manufacture
of innovative concepts are essential
for translating the R&D experience
into production. An innovative
development system with a judicious
mix of young, senior, academic,
research and industry personnel are
essential for speedy implementation of
the targeted goals.
KV Kasiviswanathan, Raja Ramanna
Fellow, Outstanding Scientist and
Ex-Associate Director, Indira Gandhi Centre
for Atomic Research Department of Atomic
Energy, Kalpakkam.
[email protected], [email protected]
Nuclear Power Reactors of IndiaPower Stations Location Date of Establishment
Narora Atomic Power Station Narora, Uttar Pradesh January 1, 1991
Rajasthan Atomic Power Station Rawatbhata, Rajasthan December 16, 1973
Tarapur Atomic Power Station Tarapur, Maharashtra October 28, 1969
Kakrapar Atomic Power Station Kakrapar, Gujarat May 6, 1993
Kudankulam Nuclear Power
Plant
Kudankulam, Tamil Nadu November 20, 1988;
Operational on January 14, 2004
Madras Atomic Power Station Kalpakkam, Tamil Nadu January 24, 1984
Kaiga Nuclear Power Plant Kaiga, Karnataka November 16, 2000
INCREASING EFFICIENCY
142 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
SE ENERGY-EFFICIENT APPLIANCESAn example of an energy-
efficient appliance is
the LED. It has longer
operational life than the conventional
bulbs. It also reduces power
consumption. A properly designed
LED circuit can achieve as high as
80% energy efficiency, as compared
to a compact fluorescent lamp or an
incandescent bulb. Although LEDs
are more costly, the cost will be offset
over time in terms of energy cost
savings and lower maintenance cost.
REPLACE OLD APPLIANCESOld appliances tend to be less energy
efficient, as they were not designed to
be so, or they are no longer in their
optimal working condition. Replacing
them is the best possible option.
At the same time, a careful balance
has to be made between energy
conservation and waste reduction. If
there is a real need to replace your
old appliances, do consider sending
them for recycling. In this way,
some of their recyclable parts can be
re-channelled to make new products.
Also, it is important to get the model
of the correct size and capacity as
oversized or undersized appliances
usually operate inefficiently.
GO FOR TECHNOLOGYInstall switch plate occupancy sensors
or motion detectors. These will
automatically switch off the lighting
when no one is present and switch it
on when people return. However, these
should be installed in places where
it is capable to ‘see’ an approaching
person’s motion.
DESIGN & MATERIAL OF BUILDINGSConsider the design and the materials
used to build an office/facility. Using
insulating materials will help to keep
the temperature within the building
at the desired level, regardless of the
conditions outside. When there is a
need to air-condition multiple rooms/
chambers at the same time, multi-split
units are generally more energy efficient
than separate single-split/ window units.
SELECT THE MACHINES PROPERLYIncreasing efficiency and taking
measures to reduce the amount of
energy that a motor requires can
directly impact the bottom line of
your business. By replacing inefficient
motors with premium efficient motors
equates to significant cost savings over
the life of the motor, not to mention
the additional benefits in terms of
reduced downtime and increased
productivity and reliability.
REGULAR MAINTENANCERoutine & regular maintenance of
various equipment & buildings is a
must. Inspect and patch leaks, clean
or replace air filters, check fan belts,
lubricate motors, pumps & fans,
clean condenser coils and make sure
that refrigeration seals are airtight.
Well-maintained equipment runs
more efficiently, reducing energy
costs and extending the life of the
equipment.
EMPOWER EMPLOYEESHaving a project leader to look after
energy conservation can prove to be a
good idea in the long run. He can form
his own team from every department
to keep a check on the whole system.
These employees can be experts
on motors, water/steam, electricity,
lighting & heating, etc. Training the
employees will make them aware of
the importance of energy efficiency. It
may help to have a Lean Six Sigma
expert to suggest ways to enhance
efficiency.
U
Recently, the country witnessed the worst power outage when three major grids that supply electricity tripped. Nineteen states and more than 600 million people found themselves without electricity. The power crisis also majorly affected the industrial production in 11 states. It reinforces the fact that we need to work towards increasing energy effi ciency. Industries should start adopting various methods for increasing the energy effi ciency in their respective facilities. Here, we discuss some simple steps that can prove to be very resourceful for companies.
Saving Energy = Saving Money
NISHI RATH
144 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
FINANCING SMEs
MEs form the backbone
of the Indian economy
and are truly playing a
critical role in driving
the country’s economic
progress. Currently, SMEs account
for 8% of the country’s GDP, 95%
of overall industrial units,
45% of the manufacturing
output and 40% of all
exports in the country.
However, factors such
as high interest rates, difficulties in
availing easier finances and lengthy &
complicated documentation processes
are preventing the growth of SMEs.
Elaborating on some of the challenges
faced by SMEs in this expansion
process, VK Bansal, Executive Director,
Global Small and Medium Businesses
Chamber of Commerce, Industry
and Services, explains that when a
borrower applies for financial support
to banks or other authorised agencies,
he needs to go through a cumbersome
documentation process. In many cases,
proper guidance is not provided to the
borrower while filling these forms. In
the process, he is not able to furnish
all the necessary details, which, in turn,
delays the entire process for availing
loans. Such a scenario is detrimental to
the growth of SMEs in the country.
INTEREST RATES: A MAJOR CONCERNGiven that business activities are
heavily dependent on credit, what is
even more striking is that the interest
rate for securing financial
assistance from banks and
other financial institution
is quite high. In India, a
company is required to pay
an interest rate of about 11–14% based
on the amount it borrows from the
authorised agencies. Commenting on
the role of Global Small and Medium
Businesses Chamber of Commerce,
Industry and Services in making
S ARINDAM GHOSH
SMEs are the engines of a country’s growth, and, so, their development is highly critical. India has about four million SMEs registered with the government, of which, only 4–5% have been able to secure fi nancial support through institutional funding. To help SMEs prosper, there is a lot that needs to be done. Supportive government policies and initiatives by banks and other fi nancial institutions will help this ‘growth engine of a country’ smoothly chug along the path to progress.
India needs to create a ‘level-playing fi eld’ in terms of the interest rates. This, in turn, will lower the fi nancial burden on SMEs and will signifi cantly contribute to their development.
S E P T E M B E R | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 145
FINANCING SMEs
easier finances available to SMEs,
Bansal states that their institution is a
‘facilitator’. “If required, we also help
companies furnish all the documents
to the banks as per the requirement,”
he adds. “Presently, there are about
four million SMEs registered with
the government. As per industry
estimates, only 4–5% of them have
successfully secured financial support
through institutional funding. The
rest are highly dependent on personal
sources for covering their financial
requirements,” continues Bansal.
One of the biggest differences
between India and other countries
is the ‘rate of interest’, highlights
Bansal. While in other countries it is
somewhere between 3% and 5% (in
European countries, it is about 2%
and in China, the interest rate is about
3–4%), in India, it is in double digits.
Therefore, India needs to
create a ‘level-playing field’
in terms of the interest
rates. This, in turn, will
lower the financial burden
on SMEs and will significantly
contribute to their development.
WHAT THE GOVERNMENT HAS DONE? The government is taking active steps
to smoothen the flow of credit for the
MSME sector in the country. The
Government of India and SIDBI have
set up the Credit Guarantee Fund
Trust for Micro and Small Enterprises
(CGTMSE) with an aim to make
finances available to borrowers.
CGTMSE would strengthen the credit
delivery system and facilitate the flow
of credit to the sector by eliminating
the hassles of collaterals and third-
party guarantee for MSMEs. Under
the initiative, free credit facility has
been extended by eligible institutions
to all new as well as existing SMEs
with a maximum credit cap of `100
lakh. All the public sector banks have
been following these norms.
MANDATORY INITIATIVES Banks are gradually emerging as the
largest financial supporters to the
SME sector in the country. However,
due to lack of awareness, SMEs
remain unaware of the various sector-
friendly schemes. Discussing the steps
required to increase the awareness
levels, Bansal opines that there is a
need for awareness programmes to
educate the firms about the various
existing schemes offered by the banks.
“Banks need to be more responsible and
play a sensitive role for the borrowers,”
he says, adding, “Establishing
proper channels of communication,
especially from banks, will play a
critical role in terms of facilitating
access to credit for borrowers.”
Besides, there is also a need to
increase the scope for credit while
facilitating finance for MSMEs.
Currently, banks thoroughly review
and analyse the financial health
of a company and based on its
study, it assigns them credit ratings.
These ratings enable the lenders to
easily assess the reputation of the
prospective borrower or the company
in the market and enable them to
take decisions accordingly. Further,
on many occasions, these lenders also
consult with credit rating agencies to
help them determine how to structure
and approve the loan to them. Giving
a perspective from the credit rating
agencies, Kritika D Monga, Deputy
Manager – Business Development,
ICRA Ltd, said that the interest rates
benefit varies in the range of 0.25–1%
depending on the ratings issued for a
company by the agency. Additionally,
the government can look to adopt
international practices for lowering
the interest rates. This, in turn, will
come as a huge boost to the growth of
the sector.
STEPS TAKENTo fuel the growth of SMEs in the
country, Global Small and Medium
Businesses Chamber of Commerce,
Industry and Services has planned to
open 25 centres across the country
within the next two years.
Each of these centres will have
a team of experts who will guide
prospective borrowers on how to secure
finances from authorised agencies.
“The services will be available free
of charge,” informs Bansal, adding,
“Though the financial requirement has
to be provided by the banks, we will
try our best to help SMEs smoothly
avail financial assistance. We may also
interact with the bank on their behalf,
if required.”
The body also plans to organise
more events across the country, which
will bring all the lenders and borrowers
together on the same platform. Bansal
explained that the aim of these events
would be to increase the
awareness levels of the
borrowers on the various
schemes that are offered
by banks. They can
compare all the schemes and finalise
on a lender and scheme that best meets
their requirements. It would also give
the lenders an opportunity to extend
their reach.
Many lending institutions, like
Corporation Bank, have pledged to
approve the loans for SMEs in 15
days of receiving the request from
the borrowers. However, the approval
would vary depending on the case.
Elaborating on what State Bank
of India has done to help SMEs
on this front, Punarvasu, Assistant
Manager, State Bank of India,
says, “In terms of offering better
services to our customers, State Bank of
India has opened various SME
branches across the country with a focus
to cater to the needs and requirements
of the SME customer only.”
After all, SMEs are critical to
support the growth of the country, he
thoughtfully concludes.
SMEs account for 8% of the country’s GDP, 95% of overall industrial units, 45% of the manufacturing output and 40% of
all exports in the country.
INNOVATING PROFITABLY
146 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
Best Practices for SuccessBest Practices for Success
TheThe
nnovation has the power
to turn problems and
inconveniences into
profitable elements for a
business. The mightiest
of modern organisations have been
built in a few years only through the
power of information and human
mind. Helping human imagination in
developing creative solutions will be
the secret to success. Innovation can
be seen in every field and every sector.
When the first pre-paid telephone
cards were introduced in Japan, it
was heralded as the best innovation
of the year. It was an example of a
simple innovation offering tremendous
benefits, to both the consumers as well
as the telephone companies.
Innovating continuously is the
need of the hour. However, this will
not happen through mere rhetoric.
An ‘innovation initiative’, which
embraces everyone from the doorman
to chairman, will create a culture of
innovation. This initiative is for those
who are willing to dive in and stay on
the course of a long-term organisational
development intervention. However,
Indian companies have to overcome
many hurdles before they achieve this
goal. Lack of interest in investing
resources for building a culture of
innovation and a certain reluctance
in installing the innovation tools are
some of the big problem areas for the
Indian companies.
Creativity may be, as Plato called
it, a ‘divine madness’. But if you want
practicable innovations to give results,
there needs to be a method to the
madness. It is a fine balance, which
involves taming the crazy idea to suit
the business. The findings about the
Indian brand of innovation reveal
many gaps, which have been discussed
in the book, ‘Innovate Happily’. Each
innovation initiative needs to be tailor-
made to bridge the gaps in the selected
company. Here’s how you can create
a general framework for improving
the ‘innovation quotient’ of your
organisation.
The structure should provide for
sustained, long-term efforts to build
an innovation culture. Two-day
laboratories/seminars are not impactful
enough to create this culture. In the
words of Shekhar Arora, Executive
Director – HR, Ashok Leyland, what
we need is ‘365 days of innovation’.
The process of building a safe,
nurturing climate has to start from the
top. Every participant has to become
aware of the verbal, tonal and non-
verbal innovation landmines that lie
Consistent innovation leading to profi tability is what corporate India needs. There are no limits to the possibilities of the human mind. “Microsoft’s only factory asset is the human imagination,” wrote Frank Moody, the New York Times Magazine writer. Corporations that adopt innovation as a way of life never need to compete. Theirs is the path where no one has gone before—the path that leads to untold success.
I
It was observed that elephants dragging logs in the jungles of Assam were returning with oily muck on their legs. This led to the discovery of oil reserves in the state—an excellent example of fortuitous innovation.
FORTUITOUS INNOVATION
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 147
INNOVATING PROFITABLY
buried in the existing culture, waiting
to blow up new ideas.
An even more important aspect of
an initiative is installing the thinking
tools. Every employee should learn
and practice the tools, which form the
foundation of innovation. Their regular
practice and use in meetings can make
generating and taming of new ideas
an everyday occurrence. Thinking tools
are not an occasional indulgence. They
need to become the oxygen of the
corporate existence. Here is a blueprint
for an innovation initiative.
1FORTUNE AT THE BOTTOM OF THE PYRAMID
“I consider constraints as a source
of innovation. I believe in fortune
at the bottom of the pyramid,” said
Ravi Venkatesan, Former Chairman
and Corporate VP, Microsoft India.
The biggest challenge is cost. As an
example of finding fortune at the
bottom of the pyramid, Microsoft
has created computers with five mice
instead of one mouse per computer
for rural schools. It has also created
a computer that 10 people can share,
which provides the additional benefit of
learning to work as a team. Moreover,
a split screen makes it easy for people
to work on different problems at the
same time. Such innovations have
reduced the cost of access.
Then, there is the problem of
language. Many people do not
speak English, and therefore
Windows is now available
in 14 languages—another
example of innovation.
2CREATE INCUBATORS FOR INNOVATION
Harsh Mariwala, Chairman
and MD, Marico Industries,
believes that spreading the message of
innovation should be part of corporate
social responsibility as innovation can
build the nation. Innovation flourishes
in an open and empowering culture.
“We give a new business idea to a team
and empower them to implement it.
We then remove the escape button,”
said Mariwala. Just like the Greek
leader who burnt all the boats and
bridges once his army was on the
enemy territory. This meant that his
force was infused with a do or die
attitude. There was no way back.
The only way forward was victory.
Companies should also follow a similar
path for encouraging innovation.
Mariwala explained, “We are driven
by our concern for the environment
and preventive natural good health.
To us, a customer is a person with
constantly rising aspirations. Our
suppliers are our partners in business.”
“The idea is first incubated in an
Incubation Cell. They report directly
to me for two years. It is dismantled
once their role is complete. Today,
for example, the Kaya Skin Clinic is
a flourishing new business. Each of
my product teams identifies their
innovation agenda as part of strategic
planning,” informed Mariwala
when discussing the procedure for
encouraging innovation at Marico
Industries, further adding, “We believe
in orbit shifting innovation. To be
acceptable, innovation should translate
into cash flow. We have experienced
that in our company.”
3BUILD THE YOUNG EXECUTIVES SYSTEM
When Ramaswamy Seshasayee,
CEO, Ashok Leyland, found that
young executives at Ashok Leyland
felt alienated at times by the legacy
system and red tape, he came up with
a comprehensive Young Executives
System (YES). Ashok Leyland,
championed by the redoubtable team
of Arora and Kalpana Ganesh, Head
– Organisation Development, has
created an efficient youth organisation
with its own website to share ideas,
sometimes directly with the CEO.
They were given the responsibility to
come up with a budget. They were
also involved in creating a model
truck. Both tasks were concluded with
huge benefits, further affirming the
importance of innovations.
4TRANSFORM SPECTATORS INTO PARTICIPANTS
Another example of innovation is
that of Tata Steel, Jamshedpur, which
saved `700 crore merely by turning
the whole population of the town
into participants. B Muthuraman,
MD, Tata Steel, speaks about their
programme ‘Manthan Ab Shop Floor
Se’, which means churning
the energies of the shop floor.
Every few weeks, workers from
different departments, apart
from management (except
facilitators), get together for
a three-hour meeting. These
worker-driven gatherings
have spawned hundreds of
innovations that are rewarded
at the ‘Innovation Exhibition’,
where the workers also get to
talk about their work to Ratan Tata,
Chairman, Tata Group.
5MAKE YOUR PRODUCT EXCITING FOR CUSTOMERS AND EMPLOYEES
Naina Lal Kidwai, one of the most
powerful women of corporate India,
Let’s dream and dream big. Let’s change the world. Let’s have a high tolerance for failure, as fear for failure discourages people from trying. Curiosity has no genetics, nationality or gender bias; therefore, people should be free to explore and innovate.
DREAM BIG, BE FREE
Nurturing
Reinstating
Stimulating Sustaining
Innovation development cycle
INNOVATING PROFITABLY
148 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
opined, “Innovation is the key!”
The HSBC Bank Branch at Flora
Fountain, Mumbai, seems to be a
hot spot for out-of-the-box thinking.
The 35,000-strong workforce with an
average age of 30 craves change and
innovation. “The worst thing we can
do is shut them out. They believe in
themselves, they are so passionate about
their ideas. They need to know where
the idea is going. Just generating ideas
is not enough!” emphasised Kidwai.
Her ideas on innovation are
interesting. “One needs to be able
to generate ideas, grow them and
finally disengage from them when the
time comes!” It reminds one of good
parenting. Nurture the baby, help it
grow and finally, let it go! And the last
may be the toughest!
Among some innovations that
help the employees, especially new
employees, bond with the bank are
‘New Employee Induction Roadmaps’,
also called the ‘Jungle Book’. Then,
there are a lot of other employee-fun
activities, such as ‘Treasure Chest’,
‘Holi’, ‘Dilwalla’ and ‘Heroes Day’,
among others. Employees are urged to
play the lead, play to win, think beyond
the possible and speed forward together.
Customers too can look forward to an
unusual experience at the bank. The
bank is not a branch, but a mall. There
are Saturday surprises that include food
and ice creams for visitors. There is a
charity sale as well. NGOs sell their
products at the bank. All festivals call
forth decoration and celebrations.
There is a ‘May I help you?’ desk, and
a special lounge to give high-net-worth
individuals an extraordinary experience.
This is presided over by a relationship
manager.
6FOCUS ON MARKETS IGNORED BY OTHERS
“Empowering people is the most
effective way to create profitable
companies,” stated R Thyagarajan,
Founder and Chairman, Shriram
Group of Companies. He brought
workers into management and spent
a lot of time with them. His methods
are simple:
Cut out all non value-added
activities
Engage each worker, including the
contract labours, by uniting them
for a common cause.
The company decided to focus on
truck operators, whom no one wanted
to deal with, and considered them
as financial partners. They collect
no collateral. Elaborating on the
procedure, Thyagarajan said, “We help
them develop the business because we
are co-creators of value. We give truck
operators a vision for themselves. We
treat them with respect. We support
schools for drivers. We support AIDS
prevention with the Melinda & Bill
Gates Foundation. We try to deal with
their total credit needs. And we are
rewarded with total loyalty!”
7BE A GOOD CORPORATE CITIZENRana Kapoor, Founder, MD
& CEO, Yes Bank, focusses on
knowledge banking. The bank has
utilised the domain knowledge of its
customers for its further growth. For
example, industries have financial
products created by industry experts.
An agricultural expert with core
knowledge of the field helps the bank
create financial products for this core
sector. The whole banking process of
Yes Bank has an unusual sustainability
model, with the business focus being
people, planet and profit, instead of
profit, profit and profit. The bank
believes in responsible banking. Its
Key Elements Of An Innovation InitiativeStimulating Nurturing Sustaining Reinstating
Identify people to be
included in innovation
initiatives
Officially recognise
the teams and scope of
activity
Schedule presentation
for top management
Start a Minds’ Power
Club to meet once a
month
Give innovation awards
Communicate the
results of innovation
initiative
Help in selecting
projects for creative
problem solving
Provide a budget
Organise innovation
symposiums
Celebrate good ideas
Prepare reports and
publish success stories
Have annual awards for
best teams
Make available teams
to work on projects
Provide space and time
for innovation spirals
to meet
Use the innovation club
for self-development
Name master
innovators
Top management’s
approval and support
Mentors to help solve
organisational hassles
Have a 52-week
programme on
innovation
Have a series of
tests that can lead to
create learning sets as
thinking tools
Develop a game plan
keeing in mind the
time, cost and staffing
parameters
Provide common
facilities centre
Persuade everyone to
use Innovation Tools
Create an office
for development of
innovation, with
representation on the
Board
Evolve new processes
to suit local conditions
Coach regularly through
verbal, written and
visual communication
Have a problem bank
from where participants
can take up problems
to hone up their skills
The innovation
chief should be
senior, qualified and
charismatic enough to
sell his/her ideas
Train and empower
problem owners or
champions
Provide means of
communication across
the organisation:
intranet, open house,
e-newsletters, etc.
Reward small successes
Provide counselling by
an expert for teams to
organise innovation
forums
Provide a consultant’s
support
Top management to
provide support
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 149
INNOVATING PROFITABLY
model for sustainable investment
banking has resulted in creating a bank
for the poor.
8DO NOT BENCHMARK: BE THE BENCHMARK
A start-up with five people and with
an investment of `10,000, Infosys has
now grown into a $3-billion company
with 90,000 people. S Gopalakrishnan,
CEO and MD, has the peaceful air
of a corporate yogi. He said, “Infosys
has to innovate to meet the needs of
the new emerging markets—India and
China—with more than two billion
people whose rising expectations have
to be met. Products have to be created
for this market. We can learn from the
mistakes of the developed and mature
economies. We can start on a much
higher platform, without repeating the
mistakes they had made!”
He emphaised that we need to create
benchmarks for the world, instead
of following the benchmarks created
by it. According to him, “Indians are
content with small improvements.
They are afraid to think global or about
the quantum changes that innovation
is all about. We are restricted by the
modesty of our dreams, the poverty
of our aspirations. It is this lack of
confidence that stands in the way
of our becoming a world
power.” He echoed the
words of the German CEO
of the Indian business in
Alcatel, “Indian engineers do
not have the confidence to
differ from their European clients, to
go beyond the brief, to question status
quo. That is why their products lack
the originality that only a confident
dissent can create.”
9SIMPLICITY IS THE KEYKirloskar has used simpler methods
and technologies to move towards
greater technological complexities.
Earlier, the company used to
buy outdated technology from
multinationals. But now, it has become
one of the most successful players in
the area of water management.
Replacing metal pumps with
practically unbreakable concrete pumps,
Kirloskar has created long-lasting
systems. Illustrating their contribution
to the agricultural operations of Laos,
Alok Kirloskar recalled, “Six years ago,
the rice economy of Laos was bad. We
provided them with a unique system of
pump sets that could be mounted on
boats. This helped the country produce
a rice surplus in 2005–06.”
10SLIMMER THAN THE BEST: THE COMPETITIVE EDGE
“It cannot be done!” said the Swiss
watch makers. In the watch industry,
the Swiss are the ultimate court of
appeal. However, the way the Titan
Watches produced Edge, the world’s
slimmest water-resistant watch, is
a lesson in persistent and patient
problem-solving innovations. It was
an example of an Indian company’s
refusal to give up. However, there were
many challenges in the way, such as:
Instilling self-confidence in the team
Ensuring buy-in from key people
The engineering challenge. When
everyone heard that the Swiss could
not do it, the virus of self-doubt
became rampant. This was
overcome by the infectious
confidence of the top management.
Watch manufacturers, in the past,
were prone to copy the technology
from other companies. Since the
1950s, Indian companies had
never manufactured a watch all by
themselves. From 1992,
Titan started to attempt to
break this trend. The Edge
was the result of a
c lose co l l abora t ion
between manufacturing,
t e c h n o l o g y a n d
research teams. The challenge was to
create a watch that was delicate as well
as tough enough to face the challenges
of daily wear. It is one of India’s major
product innovations, putting us on the
world map!
These 10 ideas can create an
ecosystem and a culture that can make
innovation thrive in a company.
Dr Rekha Shetty, Author of best-sellers
‘Innovate Happily’ and ‘The Happiness Quotient’
Email: [email protected]
Innovation is taking interesting ideas and transforming them into usable solutions for business problems.
Innovation is about transformation. Imagine a block of ice. It is cold, solid and transparent. However, it does not remain a block of ice forever; it melts and fl ows. If you heat it, it boils; if you keep heating, it becomes airborne by taking the form of steam. Add pressure and the steam can rotate turbines to generate power.
To resolve all problems, analyse men, material, machinery, methods, markets and money. The ‘6M’ is both a template and a blueprint to generate new ideas.
The innovation process means problem statement, idea generation, incubation, analysis and implementation.
Do not be afraid to ask questions even if it makes you look ignorant—nobody is expected to know everything.
Happy communities can happen only when people stop being selfi sh and start working together to solve each other’s problems.
Every day, each of us should work on Making Things Better (MTB), so that we become a nation of problem solvers rather than a country of problem creators.
Life is the greatest guru. Learn from it. Get rid of what is not divine, just as one has to get rid of all the extra marble in a block to make a beautiful statue.
Do not be a victim of ‘hurry sickness’. Wait till your soul catches up with your body.
INNOVATE HAPPILY MANTRAS
An ‘innovation initiative’, which embraces everyone from the doorman to chairman, will create a culture
of innovation. This initiative is for those who are willing to dive in and stay on the course of a long-term
organisational development intervention.
150 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A U G U S T 2 0 1 2
THE ALL NEW JCB 3DX BACKHOE LOADER
s part of the company’s
expansion plans, JCB
India, the country’s
largest manufacturer
o f con s t ru c t i on
equipment, has recently launched
the company’s all new ‘JCB 3DX’
backhoe loader. The move is aimed at
helping the company further strengthen
its grip on the market. The machine
will be developed at JCB India’s
backhoe manufacturing facility—
the world’s largest—at Ballabgarh,
Haryana. Speaking on the occasion,
Vipin Sondhi, MD & CEO, JCB
India, said, “With one out of every two
machines sold in the construction and
earthmoving sector being a JCB, the
company aims to create new markets
by foraying into new territories as well
as give the best possible rate of return
for our customers. This machine will
perhaps do just that.”
ECONOMIC & EFFICIENT The all new JCB 3DX is highly
versatile. It ensures 20% lower fuel
consumption in excavation activities,
which will result in fuel savings worth
`2.25 lakh per annum at the current
diesel prices. This feature makes the
machine one of the most fuel-efficient
backhoe loaders available in the market.
JCB further says that the machine is
able to perform 25% more work per
litre of fuel and also ensures 20%
higher output per hour. It is powered
by JCB’s 76 HP ‘ecoMax’ engine—an
in-house developed system.
ERGONOMICALLY DESIGNEDThe new equipment has been
ergonomically designed with 20%
more cabin space keeping in mind
the requirement of the operator. It
has been provided with a new brake
linkage system to ease braking effort
by the operator. Also, its small turning
radius makes the machine turn quicker,
thereby ensuring more productivity in
the loading cycle. It is also fitted with
power track steering rod system for
equal turn steering and quick response
with less operating force for smooth
and easy manoeuverability.
AFTER-SALES SUPPORTWith a network of 57 dealers and
over 430 outlets spread across the
country, coupled with the company’s
highly trained service engineers, JCB
offers good after-sales support to all
its machines. It also runs Operator
Training Schools for conducting
various training programmes for
operators. The machine offers the best
return on investment for customers
and has the best resale value.
AJCB India’s recent launch, the all new ‘JCB 3DX’ backhoe loader, aims to deliver better economics to its customers. With benefi ts such as ensuring 20% lower fuel consumption in excavation activities—which will result in fuel savings of ̀ 2.25 lakh per year at the current diesel prices—this new-generation machine is certainly economical and effi cient.
AnEARTHMOVING achievement!
ARINDAM GHOSH
Vipin Sondhi, MD & CEO, JCB India, with the company’s all new JCB 3DX backhoe loader.
152 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
NEW LAUNCHES
This section gives information about products, equipment and services available in the market. If you know what you want. . .refer to Product Index on Page 202 to find it quickly
� ROTARY VANE OIL FREE VACUUM PUMPS
Minivac RVD &
MVC series of oil
free vacuum pump
direct coupled/ belt driven &
monobloc vacuum pumps
mounted on common base
frames. Th ese are compact in
size, vibration free & hence
can be mounted inside the
machines. Th ese attain maximum vacuum levels up to 25” of Hg &
capacities range from 50 Lpm to 2000 Lpm. Use of imported
graphite vane give advantage of prolonged vane life, silent
operation & reduces wear & tear on stator.
Th ese are useful in many applications like capsule printing
machines & other pharmaceutical machineries, packaging/ labeling
machines, screen printing/ plate making, book binding/ folding
machines, vacuum chucking etc.
Shree Siddhi Vinayak Industries
Plot No.19, Kashimira Indl. Estate,
Off. Western Express Highway, Post-Mira,
Dist: Thane-401 104.
Tel / Fax: 022-28458372 / 28457073
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.minivacpumps.com
� 3 PHASE HEAVY DUTY INDUSTRIAL VACUUM CLEANERS
BLOWTECH off ers highly
sophisticated range of industrial
vacuum cleaners to suit all industrial
applications. All the models are available in
powder coated mild steel, partial SS &
complete stainless steel constructions.
Vacuum cleaners are built on sturdy trolleys
& supplied with various accessories & fi lter
options including HEPA to suit diff erent
industrial applications in textile, food,
pharmaceuticals, wood-working, engineering and electronics
industries. Th ey are equipped with high effi ciency primary cyclone
separators with secondary separators as cartridge fi lters/ bag fi lters.
Th ese are also available for wet & dry applications. Th ese are also
modifi ed for complete wet handling systems for extraction of
machine coolants & swarf separation.
BLOWTECH
Row House No.2, Om Balaji Heights,
Near Ramdev Park, Mira Road (East),
Dist.Thane-401107.
Tel. fax: 022-28458372 / 28457073
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.vacuumcleanerindia.com
� CHEMICAL RESISTANT DIAPHRAGM VACUUM PUMPS
Chemical Resistant
Diaphragm pump are
the best suited oil free
vacuum option for laboratory
& pilot scaled application.
Typical applications for
Chemical Resistant diaphragm
pumps include evacuating
chemically aggressive gases
and vapors from such equipment as rotary evaporators, vacuum
drying cabinets and centrifugal concentrators. Most importantly,
diaphragm pumps are oil-free, for vastly reduced service demands
compared with oil-sealed pumps. Th ey eliminate the water waste of
water-jet aspirators, and the contaminated waste-oil disposal of
rotary vane pumps.
Th e diaphragms are available in various options of materials like
EPDM, neoprene, viton & tefl on coated neoprene rubber. Th ese
vacuum pumps are available in the range of 15 lpm to 33 lpm
generate a maximum vacuum of 30Torr. Chemical resistant vacuum
pumps are supplied with 3phase fl ame-proof motors also.
Sri Vishnu Pumps Mfg. Co.
19A, Plot No.19, Kashimira Indl. Estate,
Behind Kashimira Police Stn., Post Mira,
Dist. Thane-401104.
Tel / Fax: 022-28458372 / 28457073
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.minivacpumps.com
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 153
NEW LAUNCHES
� SLIMLINE RELAY
In today’s high-tech world it has become
inevitable that control panels will
progressively reduce in size, forcing us to
do a lot more in a lot less space. Connectwell
brings you the right solution to such
problems in the form of Slim Relays for
switching and control applications.
Conventional Relay Modules occupy about 25 mm per channel
but with Slim Relays the same can be achieved in just 6 mm.
Th ey come with the additional benefi ts like being absolutely
modular and din rail mountable.
Th is is what we at Connectwell call sensible switching ...
Th ese Slimline Relays are available in the following three
variants:
A. 1 CO Electro-Mechanical Relay are available with input
voltages of 5, 12, 24, 48 VDC with a contact rating upto 6A @
250 VAC (or 30 VDC)
B. 1 NO DC in - DC out Solid State Relays are available with
input voltages of 5, 12, 24, 48 VDC with a contact rating upto 4
A @ 30 VDC
C. 1 NO DC In - AC Out Solid State Relays are available with
input voltages of 5, 12, 24 VDC with contact rating upto 2 A @
380 VAC
Connectwell Industries Pvt. Ltd.
D-7, Phase-2, M.I.D.C.,
154 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
NEW LAUNCHES
� MINIVAC SIDE CHANNEL VACUUM PUMPS & COMPRESSORS (TURBINE BLOWERS)
These are designed to
suck or to compress
air / gases / non-
explosive air mixtures. Th ese
are absolutely oil free with air
fl ow capacities range from 42
to 1100 m3/ hr with
maximum vacuum up to 500
mbar & maximum pressure up
to 550 mbar.
Th ese are light weight due to Al construction & having 100% oil
free non pulsating continuous air fl ow. Th ese pumps/ blowers
require practically zero maintenance & are having silencers on both
suction as well as discharge ports.
Th ese are useful in many applications like pneumatic conveying
systems, industrial vacuum cleaners, electroplating industries like
hot dip galvanising, oxy-generation in aquariums/ fi sheries, air
feeds to industrial ovens & burners, printing & paper handling, air
Dombivli - 421 204, India.
Tel.: +91 251 3980 600, 3980 700
Fax: +91 251 3980 700
www.connectwell.com
Search September 2012 Ad Name: OSG Pg. 155
Search September 2012 Ad Name: Sachi Pg. 156
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 157
NEW LAUNCHES
� 2500 AMP ACB PANEL
TTh e function of this
panel is to make energy
distribution safer,
minimise maintenance cost and
reduce installation time.
Deep Automation
Plot No-E-60,
S.G.M. Nagar,
N.I.T. Faridabad-121001
Haryana
Tel: 0129-4056729
Mob: 09873671946
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.deepautomation.in
pollution monitoring equipments, dental suction equipments etc.
For further information contact:
Shree Siddhi Vinayak Industries
Plot No.19, Kashimira Indl. Estate,
Post-Mira, Dist: Thane-401 104.
Tel / Fax: 022-28458372 / 28457073
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.minivacpumps.com
158 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
PUMPS & VALVES
� VERTICAL MULTISTAGE INLINE PUMPS
OSWAL Vertical Multistage lnline
Pumps are suitable for a variety of
applications from pumping of
potable water & chemicals, which comes with
various pump sizes and various numbers of
stages to provide the fl ow and pressure
required.
Its applications include water treatment,
ultra-fi ltration system, reverse osmosis system,
softening, ionising, de mineralising systems,
distillation systems, separators, swimming baths; water supply,
fi ltration and transfer at waterworks, distribution from waterworks,
pressure boosting in mains, pressure boosting in high rise buildings
& hotels; industries, pressure boosting system, process water
system, washing and cleaning systems, vehicle washing tunnels, fi re
fi ghting systems; liquid transfer, cooling and air-conditioning
systems, boiler feed and condensate systems, machine tools (cooling
lubricants); irrigation fi eld irrigation (fl ooding), sprinkler
irrigation, drip-feed irrigation. Nominal fl ow rate is 1 15 m3/h with
pressure bar up to 23 Kg/cm2, with pump effi ciency up to 72%. It is
available in various material versions according to the pumped
liquid. Series OCR in Cl, OCRI in AISI 304 and OCRN in AISI
316 grade.
Oswal Pumps Limited
Oswal Estate, NH-1, Kutail Road, P.O. Kutail-132 037,
Distt. Karnal, Haryana
Tel: +91-184-6616600 (30 Lines) +91-1748-257701-04
Fax: +91-1748-257700
Email: [email protected]
Web: http://oswalpumps.com, www.oswalpumps.co.in
� PTFE LINED VALVES
Fluoropolymer FEP,
PFA, PTFE, lined
SGI/ WCB/ SS
pipes, valves and fi ttings
are off ered using technical
knowhow and raw
materials for appropriate
application of the resin for
successful results with international quality for the chemical
industry. Features are low co-effi cient of friction, chemical
inertness, non-toxic approved by international food & drugs
regulatory authorities, non-infl ammable, self-sealant, excellent
weathering resistant, zero water absorption, etc.
Supremo Line & Control
Ahmedabad, Gujarat
Tel: +91-079-22205282
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.supremoproduct.com
160 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
PUMPS & VALVES
� VALVE SENSOR
The UVS 610 valve sensor
allows partial discharge
(PD) measurements to be
conducted in liquid-insulated power
transformers. Th e PD sensor is
inserted into a power transformer
through the vent of the oil drain
valve. Used with a UHF converter, the UVS 610 is connected to the
MPD 600 measuring system. A useful scale on the slide-rod
ensures that the device is correctly inserted into the oil drain valve.
Partial discharge measurements in high frequency ranges are
conducted inside the tank of a power transformer. Th is ensures a
more sensitive detection of partial discharges.
OMICRON Energy Solutions Pvt Ltd
New Delhi,
Tel: +91-011-47151234
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.omicron.at
� CUTTING VALVES
These cutting valves enable longer production runs resulting
in increased production of parts. Th ese are very compact,
lightweight design allows the valves to be placed closer
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 161
PUMPS & VALVES
together for greater versatility. Th e new stems deliver greater
performance for longer production runs with many on-off cycles.
Six stainless steel springs increase reliability and production and
the compact design enables close stacking of the cutting head.
Karolin Machine Tool (KMT) Pvt Ltd
Mumbai, Maharashtra
Tel: +91-022-28572494
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.kmt-waterjet.com
� VALVE
The size ranges from 1”
to 8” (25 mm to 200
mm), the material of
constructions is CI to IS 210
Gr.FG 200 and the operation
is manually handle wheel
operated. Th e sleeve is of
neoprene, nitrile or as per one’s
requirements. Th e working
condition is 150 PSI at max
150 degree. Th e end
connection is of fl anged end
and the fl anged is as per BS 10
table D or as specifi ed by one’s
162 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
PUMPS & VALVES
requirement. Th e top body and bottom body is made of cast iron,
stem is SS AISI 410, the stem bracket is M.S, gland, bracket and
hand wheel is made of cast iron.
M Kumar Technocrates
Ahmedabad, Gujarat
Tel: +91-079-27540287
Mob: 9898114242
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.amtechvalves.net
� GATE VALVE
This knife gate valve features non sliding
motion, avoid sliding contact between
body & gate enables the fl ushing of media
from the valve interior. Bottom edge of the gate
(knife edge) allows the tight shut off even when
solid particles settle at the bottom of the body. A
wide variety of hardened trim options are available
for the gate, seat and wear ring. Knife gate valve is
a unidirectional valves & bidirectional valves. Th e
operation is manually operated, gear operated, pneumatic,
hydraulic or motorised actuator operated.
M Kumar Technocrates
Ahmedabad, Gujarat
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 163
PUMPS & VALVES
Tel: +91-079-27540287
Mob: 9898114242
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.amtechvalves.net
� PLASTIC FLAP LOADED FOOT VALVE
The new range of plastic fl ap
loaded foot valve is most
popular due to its friction-free
low coast design. It is gives better linear
fl ow of water in suction lines than CI
foot valves. Th ese products exhibit some
of the distinguished features, like
durability, friction free design, corrosion resistance, leakage-proof
and dimensional accuracy. Technical specifi cations include standards
as per IS:10805:1986 of BIS, thread as per IS:554:1985 of BIS, body
test pressure at 0.5 MPa, seat test pressure at 0.02 MPa, normal bore
size 21/2” and 3” (65 mm and 80 mm), and materials of construction:
PP body, PP strainer, and PVC washer.
Arti Products
Rajkot, Gujarat
Tel: +91-0281-2388908
Mob: 09428155144
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.artiproducts.in
164 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
PUMPS & VALVES
� PNEUMATIC CYLINDER VALVE
The Y-type angled pneumatic
cylinder valve is used for process
control application. Th is valve is
used for on/ off application to control
steam, water, coolants, air, gas and light
oil at line pressure up to 10 bar. Th e
actuator is pneumatic cylinder-type with
pressed stainless steel. It is available in
sizes ranging from ½” to 2” bsp with 2
way and 3 way investment casted body.
Th e valve fi nds application in pharmaceutical machinery, textile
dyeing machinery, air-drying equipment, autoclaves, automobile
industry and automatic process control applications.
Madho Controls Pvt Ltd
Thane, Maharashtra
Tel: 022-2588 3252
Mob: 09820066046
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.madhocontrols.com
� PNEUMATIC VALVE
The valve is pneumatic controlled with vertical actuator that
is usually supplied with DIN-SMS-IDF union.
Construction features include, choice of materials and
hygienic concept of SPF valves, which makes the valves suitable for
166 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
PUMPS & VALVES
use in sectors where hygiene is
indispensable. Th e pneumatic valve meets a
wide range of applications in dairy, food,
pharmaceutical and chemical industries.
Sri Pumps & Fittings Industrial Corporation
Rajahmundry, Andhra Pradesh
Tel: 0883-242 6845
Mob: 9440868551
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.sripumps.com
� LIQUID CONTROL VALVES
The pilot-operated liquid
control valves are specially
design for liquid service.
Th ese valves are so designed that by
providing diff erent combination of
pilot arrangement the valves can be
used for various types of functions,
like on-off , pressure reducing,
pressure relief, fl ow control, pump
bypass, non-return, etc. Th e liquid controls valves conforms the seat
leakage in class VI of ANSI B 16.104 and are available up to size of
16” in the fl anged end to ANSI class 150 and 300 with temperature
range up to 220°C maximum.
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 167
PUMPS & VALVES
Brightech Valves & Controls Pvt Ltd
Ahmedabad, Gujarat
Tel: 91-079-22902911
Mob: 09426055442
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.brightechvalves.com
� BALL VALVE
This ball valve comes with
pneumatic rotary actuator. Th e
valve is of on/off type with
screwed, fl anged, socket weld, tri-clover
end in three-piece design. It is available in
SS-304 and SS-316 investment castings
and is fi tted with double-acting pneumatic
rotary actuator that operators through
90-degrees angular movements of ball
valve or butterfl y valves. Pneumatic actuator is mounted directly on
the shaft of the valve. Th e actuator is supplied with solenoid valve
mounted on it. It is available in diff erent sizes up to 4” to control
fl uids such as steam, chemicals, oil, air, and water.
Madho Controls Pvt Ltd
Thane, Maharashtra
Tel: 022-2588 3252
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.madhocontrols.com
168 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
MINING
� GOLIATH CRANES
The single girder and
double girder Goliath
cranes conform to
IS:807-1976, IS:3177-1977,
IS:3938-1983 and IS:4137-1963
wherever applicable. Th ese cranes
are manufactured up to 50 ton
capacity and for 40 m span.
Grabbing cranes are designed to suit indoor or outdoor location and
can also be supplied with grab buckets, electromagnets. Goliath
cranes are designed to run on forged steel wheels running on
L-type housing on anti-friction roller bearings. Th ese cranes are
suitable for control from fl oor, by means of pendant controller or
from the driver’s cabin by means of master controller or through
radio remote control.
Elmech Engineers
Mumbai, Maharashtra
Tel: 022-2352 1798/2710
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.elmechengineers.com
� WALL CONSOLE CRANES
The wall console cranes can slide
horizontally along a track on the
wall. Th e girder can reach up to
10 meters, and loads can be lifted up to
20 meters. Such features allow the wall
console cranes to squeeze into the
tightest assembly line, warehouse, or
other industrial area. Th ree end
carriages work together for a stable and
balanced crane. Steel girders ensure
strength and painting resists corrosion over the life of these
systems.
Konecranes India Pvt Ltd
Pune, Maharashtra
Tel: +91-020-40047470
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.konecranes.com
� FLOOR CRANE
The fl oor crane has load-lifting
capacity of up to 1000 kg,
hook lift up to 8 feet from
ground level, and boom length up to 5
feet. It is hand pump and power
operated. Th e crane is widely used in
various industries, like plywood,
laminated sheets, ceramics, paper
lamination, plastic moulding,
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 169
MINING
packaging, automobiles, rubber moulding, textile, pharmaceutical,
etc. Th e fl oor crane is also used in rack storage systems and
container loading.
Hydro Mech Engineers
Ahmedabad, Gujarat
Tel: 91-079-25890771
Mob: 09825019905
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.hydromech.in
� EOT CRANES
The rational structure of the crane is of box construction
adequately designed and reinforced by stiff ening ribs. It is
connected
with bridge
trolley, which is
moved by motors,
coupled up with
speed reducers.
Th e crab carriage
is in steel section.
It comprises of special crane duty motor, connected to speed
reducers and is coupled to a grooved steel drum. Electromagnetic
brakes are used to control the smooth lifting of weight. AC drive is
also provided (on demand) for smooth operation of long travel. Th e
170 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
MINING
hook is equipped with a forged steel forked revolving hook. Wire
rope is of 6 x 37 construction.
Friends Engineering Works
Udaipur, Rajasthan
Tel: 91-294-2492200, 91-294-2494379
Mob: 09829042424
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.friendseng.com
� LIFT GOLIATH CRANE
This unique special type goliath crane has with 12 tonne
lifting capacity. It has a 180 m lift with 20 m span that
includes a hoisting speed of 25 m/min. Th e crane can be
used for lifting and shifting of blusted muck through bucket with
openable gate at the bottom. It can be used for transportation of
steel ribs for shaft up to 180 m deep. It can also perform all
activities from ground level to 180 m deep shaft, including
transferring of loader/ JCB/ BOBcat for loading of muck in the
bucket.
Century Crane Engineers (P) Ltd
Faridabad, Haryana
Tel: +91-0129-4048863
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.centurycranes.com
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 171
MINING
� ALUMINIUM CRANE SYSTEM
These XA aluminium light
crane system applies the
strength and low weight of
aluminium to every light material
which needs to be lifted. Handling
low loads is of up to 2 metric tonne
across a wide variety of rail types, it
is a robust, cost-effi cient solution. An
anodised aluminium surface ensures
the long-term durability of the
system purchase. Th e modular
design, requiring no welding or
painting, greatly reduces downtime during installation, expansion,
or upgrade.
Konecranes India Pvt Ltd
Pune, Maharashtra
Tel: +91-020-40047470
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.konecranes.com
� GRABBING CRANE
This grabbing crane is suitable for ceramic and other
industries to handling various raw materials. Th e crane can
lift up to 3 tonne capacity in one single scoop. Crane that
172 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
MINING
can handle loaded grab of desired capacity is also off ered. In
addition, all types of fl ameproof and explosion-proof cranes to gas
groups I, IIA, IIB and IIC as per IS:2148 are also available. Non-
sparking track wheels are manufactured from non-ferrous
materials. Th e crane is suitable for petrochemical plants, oil
refi neries and mining.
Aarco
Kolkata, West Bengal
Tel: +91-033-2379736
Email: [email protected]
� PALLET TRUCK
The model AGHL-100
high-lift pallet truck is
specially designed for
raising pallets to medium heights
up to 800 mm. Th is pallet truck is
used for stacking 2 to 3 pallets.
Pallet used in the hydraulic hand
high lift trolleys is used in various
types of work in plant and
maintenance shops. Technical
specifi cations include capacity of
1000 kg, minimum height of 90
mm, overall width of 560 mm, fork
SEA
RC
H S
epte
mbe
r 20
12 A
d N
ame:
Aus
tin P
g N
o. 1
73
SEA
RC
H Septem
ber 2012 Ad N
ame: H
industan Motors Pg N
o. 174
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 175
MINING
width measuring 152 mm, fork length of 1220 mm, and raised
height of 800 mm.
Agromec
Meerut, Uttar Pradesh
Tel: +91-0121-2440660, 91-121-3098766
Mob: 09313159058
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.agromecindia.net
� HYDRAULIC PALLET TRUCK
Tiger hydraulic pallet truck
is of high quality
engineering and heavy-
duty construction. It is an
economical solution for handling
heavy loads. Th e frame is made of
heavy duty formed steel, jig
welded and forks of double
fl anged pressed steel which gives
maximum strength. Ram and
pump plunger of the hydraulic
cylinder is grounded to high
precision and hard chrome plated which reduces wear and resists
from corrosion. Special safety valves are provided for smooth
lowering of load and a dual overload safety valve is provided to
176 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
MINING
� HYDRA TRUCKS
The model model TL-4M Truckman
hydra trucks (also called die loader)
is effi cient and ideal material
handling equipment, designed for quick
loading and unloading of press tools or
machine parts, crates, oil drums,
components, etc. Pump is manually operated
and is of double acting type complete with oil tank with release valve
capacity of 500 to 1000 kg. Lift maximum from the ground level is
1400 mm. Lowered height is 140 mm. Platform size is 700 x 700 mm.
Th e unit is mounted on polymer wheels for easy movement and long
life. Applications are in tool rooms, godowns, engineering units and
chemical and petrochemical industry, automotive industry, etc.
Textile Machinery Manufacturing Company
Ahmedabad, Gujarat
protect the truck from damage due to overloading.
Ferro Foundries Pvt Ltd
Mysore, Karnataka
Tel: +91-821-2402376,+91-0821-3048000
Mob: 09845120878
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.ferrotiger.com
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 177
MINING
� MACHINE HANDLING PALLET TRUCK
The model AGMH-500
hydraulic machine
handling pallet truck is
ideal for transportation and
installation of heavy machines
in the plants. Th e capacity of
the pallet truck is 5000 kg.
Fork length is available up to 1650 mm. Th e overall width is up to
1150 mm because of which heavy and large machines can be
handled by inserting two trolleys from both the sides. Th e pallet
truck has multi-purpose hydraulic lifting trolley that ensures safe
handling of machines for commissioning and transferring of plants.
Platform on forks are provided for greater stability.
Agromec
Meerut, Uttar Pradesh
Tel: +91-0121-2440660,+91-121-3098766
Mob: 09313159058
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.agromecindia.net
Tel: 91-079-22941389
Mob: 094284 07325
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.truckmanindya.com
178 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
GENERAL PRODUCTS
� TIZONA I & TIZONA II CNC TURNING CHUCKERS
Avermark Automation Pvt Ltd is one of the most dynamic
growing companies in CNC machine manufacturing
having productive design and very good manufacturing &
testing facilities. Th e company’s sister concern Accurate
Machine Tools off ers the fi nest machines in the industry. Avermark
off ers TIZONA I & TIZONA II CNC Turning Chuckers, which
have rigid heavier structure with IS 25
grade casting, 60 degree true slant bed,
precision A2 series cartridge spindle,
heavier LM rails, blocks & ball
screws for axes, linear toolings with
more X-axis travel. TIZONA I can turn
jobs having diameter 100 x 150 length
and TIZONA II is for diameter 200 x 250 length jobs.
TIZONA has the latest CNC controller with 8.4” TFT colour
display, USB interface and many more useful features. It is
equipped with suitable power chuck, lubrication & coolant system,
air-conditioned electric panel with quality components, tool
holders, etc. TIZONA CNC Chucker Series is designed to turn
various chucking components with minimum cycle time.
Th e gang tooling works adeptly without delaying the turret
retraction and indexing, thus it eliminates the unproductive non-
machining time. Th ese machines are best suitable for precision
components in mass production with optional integration of bar
feeder, bar puller, autoloader, automation line, tooling solution,
etc.
Avermark Automation Pvt Ltd
Veraval (Shapar) – 360 024. Dist. Rajkot
Tel: +91 2827-253677/88
Mob: +91 98242 22448
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.avermark.com
� TRI-LOBE ROTARY BLOWERS
The advanced technology
next generation Axcel TR
series Tri-Lobe blowers are
suitable for air/gas applications. It is
ruggedly built and can work under
tough conditions, high transmission
loads and higher operating speeds
with capacities up to 65,000m3/hr and pressure up to 1.1kg/cm2 in
single stage/ up to 2.2kg/cm2 in multi stages.
Th e computer generated new millennium series rotor lobe profi le
optimises high volumetric effi ciency, minimises slip losses, lower
power consumption and thus are energy effi cient.
A K Ahuja (AGM-Projects)
Swam Pneumatics Pvt. Ltd.
C-2, Sector-3, Noida,
UP - 201301
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 179
GENERAL PRODUCTS
� FIRE ROLLING SHUTTERS/ FIRE DOORS
India’s No. 1 entrance automations
& loading bay equipment company
Gandhi Automations off ers fi re
rolling shutters/ fi re doors: constructed
of galvanised or stainless steel in a
variety of gauges, slat designs and
fi nishes for unsurpassed strength, durability and style. Wide ranges
of styles meet or exceed industry fi re safety testing standards
including UL, FM and ULC. Th e doors are also compliant with all
NFPA-80 standards. Door closes automatically under governor
control after separation of fuse link. UL-listed brush-type smoke
gaskets satisfy smoke retardation requirements.
Additional safety options include the fi re SentinelTM time-
delay release device photoelectric or ionization-type smoke
detectors, with or without heat detector. Additionally available
uninterruptible power supply for use with motor-operated doors
allows door closure by central alarm or smoke detector under motor
power. 2 – 4 hours Fire rated resistance. Compliant with BS 476
part 22/UL/FM/REI 120.
Gandhi Automations Pvt Ltd
Mumbai, Maharashtra
Tel: 022- 66720200/66720300 (200 lines)
Fax: 022-66720201
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.geapl.co.in
180 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
GENERAL PRODUCTS
� CYLINDRICAL PHOTOELECTRIC SENSOR
The CY series cylindrical
photoelectric sensor has a M18
thread size for convenient
mounting in industries. It has a long
sensing range up to 12 metre through-
beam type, 3 metre through
retro-refl ective type and 120 mm
through diff use-refl ective type. Th is
sensor has a wide product range with DC
supply type 10 to 30 V DC and AC supply type 24 to 240 V AC. It
is used in industries such as ceramic, packaging, pharmaceuticals,
food processing, automobiles, textile, plastics and many more.
Lubi Electronics
Ahmedabad, Gujarat
Tel: +91-079-22205471,
Mob: 09825569559, 09327497006
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.lubielectronics.com
� ROLL TURNING LATHE MACHINE
The roll turning lathe machine is rigidly designed and
suitable for heavy jobs. Th is lathe machine combines all the
features which are expected in roll turning lathe machines
with great effi ciency and is ideal for all sliding, surfacing and screw
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 181
GENERAL PRODUCTS
cutting operation. Its
important features include
hardened & ground bedways,
plano type one-piece solid bed,
raw material used is selected
and fi rst grade quality. Its main
spindle is hardened and ground with double grinding. All screws are
made from bright steel with gunmetal screw nut, Turcite-B coated
in saddle & surface guideways. It has a full norton gearbox.
Premier Lathe Manufacturing Co
Rajkot, Gujarat
Tel: 91-0281-2387556
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.premierlathe.co.in
� LATHE MACHINE
The Max series
medium-duty type
lathe machine is
compact and off ers better
value for money. Th is
machine features simplicity,
robustness and longer
working life. It rotates the
workpiece on its axis to
182 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
GENERAL PRODUCTS
� COPPER ENAMELLED WIRE
This is manufactured using EC grade
copper rods that are extruded or drawn
by dies of special size and are further
repeatedly coated with enamel. Various varieties
of enamelled copper wire comprise polyester,
polyesterimide and self-solderable wires. For
example, polyesterimide overcoated with
polyamide-imide enamelled round copper wire,
class 200; modifi ed polyester enamelled round
copper wire, class 155; polyester enamelled round copper wire, class
130; all in the range of 4.06-0.091 mm (8-43 swg). Polyestermide
enamelled round copper wire, class 180, in the range of 4.06-0.091
perform a variety of operations, like cutting, sanding, knurling,
drilling, etc. Th e machine is sturdy and easy-to-use and assures
optimum return on investment. It is highly versatile and durable.
Th e medium-duty lathe machine is built using modern technology
to assure enhanced functioning. Th is lathe machine is useful for
precisely machining relatively hard objects.
Bhavya Machine Tools
Ahmedabad, Gujarat
Tel: +91-079-40087900
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.bhavyamachinetools.com
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 183
GENERAL PRODUCTS
mm (8-43 swg). Self solderable polyurethane enamelled round copper
wire, class 155 & 180, both in the range of 0.813 mm to 0.091 mm
(21 swg to 43 swg).
Jalan Wires Pvt. Ltd.
Mumbai, Maharashtra
Tel: 022-61451600
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.jalanwires.com
� WIRELESS DATALOGGER SYSTEM
The Testo Saveris Radio probes
and measures temperature &
humidity and saves the recorded
measurement data sending to the central
base at regular intervals. If a limit value
is exceeded, a radio link is established
immediately. In free fi eld, the transmission path is approximately
100 m at a frequency of 2.4 GHz.
Testo India Pvt. Ltd.
Pune, Maharashtra
Tel: +91-020-65600203
Mob: 09375346186
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.testo-india.com
184 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
GENERAL PRODUCTS
� MOTOR PROTECTION RELAY
This displays various parameters, trip
count and trip data on 8-digit
alphanumeric display, and has
separate LEDs for individual fault indication.
Th is is a four user programmable output relay,
its built-in self-supervision & self-testing
feature helps maintenance. Th is provides easy
operation by 5 push buttons. RS485 Port for serial communication
with ‘MSCOM’ user-friendly software.
Larsen & Toubro Ltd.
Mumbai, Maharashtra
Tel: +91-022-67054902
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.lntebg.com
� ELECTRIC MOTORS-D
The range consists of 0.12 HP to
425 HP. Th ese have dynamically
balanced rotors, corrosion-
resistant frames and end-bracket
hardware. Th ese have high-effi cient stator
laminations with superior low loss
CRNGO steel and are designed for 500C
ambient temperature for the entire range.
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 185
GENERAL PRODUCTS
Th ese have stainless steel rating plate and six terminal
constructions across the range. Th ese have compatible AC drives &
software starter range.
BCH Electric Ltd.
Barakhamba Road, New Delhi - 110001
Tel: 011-2331 6029/6539
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.bchindia.com
� SLIPRING MOTOR STARTER-D
The slipring motor starter Magnastart
inducer consists of three coils wound
on specially shaped steel cores. Eddy
currents in these cores are refl ected in the
windings as impedance that is dependent on
rotor frequency. Comprehensive thermal
protection prevents any possibility of damage.
Smooth acceleration to full speed reduces electric stress in the
motors.
JSL Industries
Vadodara, Gujarat
Tel: +91-0265-3054631
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.jyoti.com
186 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
GENERAL PRODUCTS
� ELECTRIC WIRE ROPE HOIST
The electric wire rope hoist is available from 0.5–50 tonne
capacity range with a maximum height of lift of 200 mtr in
accordance with Class I, II, III & IV heavy-duty specifi cation
as per IS:3938-1983. Th is wire rope hoist is manufactured off ering
foolproof electro-mechanical brakes operating on conical rotor motor
principles. Th e brakes are far superior to electro-hydraulic thrustor
� MOTOR PROTECTION RELAY
Microcontroller-based motor
protection relay
PD-MMPR-303 uses the
state-of-the-art microcontroller-based
measurement techniques for providing
protection for motors up to 75HP. Th e comprehensive protection
features of the relay make it ideal for motor protection. Th e heart of the
relay is microcontroller-based reliable hardware with special algorithms
to calculate the tripping time. Th e relay continuously monitors the
three-phase currents to build the thermal replica of the motor. Th is
thermal replica is used to protect the motor against thermal overloads.
Prok Devices Pvt. Ltd.
Bengaluru, Karnataka
Tel: +91-80-26760718
Mob: 09845033226
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.prokdvs.com
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 187
GENERAL PRODUCTS
brakes off ered by most other manufacturers. All
hoists have high torque, crane duty, 40% CDF,
Class-F insulated conical motors suitable for
150 starts/hour. Brakes are provided in hoisting
as well as cross traversing motion.
Eddycranes Engineers Pvt. Ltd.
Mumbai, Maharashtra
Tel: +91-022-23522710
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.eddycranes.com
� ELECTRONIC SAFETY SENSORS
The RSS-36 electronic safety sensors
are equipped with RFID technology,
with diff erent variants, each with
diff erent coding possibilities. Th ese sensors
also feature all the well-known advantages of
the CSS technology. A second version only accepts the target,
which was taught during the fi rst start-up. In the third version, the
teach-in process can be repeated any number of times.
Schmersal India Pvt. Ltd.
Pune, Maharashtra
Tel: +91-020-26741000
188 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
GENERAL PRODUCTS
� LATHE CHUCK
The Rota-S plus lathe
chuck has an optimised
wedge bar drive system
and an improved lubricant
system to ensure consistently
high clamping forces from the
new lathe chuck. Since higher
speeds and cutting speeds are
possible, users can apply more effi cient cutting materials, which
shorten the manufacturing time. An optimised drive allows fast,
comfortable and repeat accurate jaw changes. Th is lathe chuck is
fully compatible, and already existing base jaws can be used in it.
Its unique three-fold jaw safety device prevents operating errors. It
has located an indicator pin at the chuck circumference, which
displays the individual clamping status. Protection sleeve system
and expansion arbor are categorised as additional equipments.
Schunk Intec India Pvt. Ltd.
Bengaluru, Karnataka
Tel: +91-080-40538999
Mob: 09741211766
Amit Kapur,Director, Everest Group, New Delhi, India.
Network 18 Publishing is a critical partner in promoting our solutions. They are at the forefront of delivering industry editorial content while offering leading-edge multi channels (online portals, newsletters, magazines, Yellow Pages, etc.) that enable us to effectively increase our brand awareness.
Mob: 09595457878
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.schmersal.in
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 189
GENERAL PRODUCTS
� EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY LATHE MACHINE
The Balaji series VGH geared-head extra heavy-duty lathe
machine has height of centre 267 mm, length of bed up to
6,095 mm and admit between centres up to 5,000 mm.
Main spindle hollow is 80 mm and the main spindle nose is A2-8
type.
Dynamically
balanced spindle
runs at vibration-
free motion at
1,200 rpm. All
gears are made of
20MN CR5
material and fully
induction hardened and teeth grinding. Th e Norton gearbox cuts
any metric, modules and pitch (DP). Bed is made from graded cast
iron and fl am hardened up to 400 BHN diameters.
Vinit Engimech Pvt. Ltd.
Rajkot, Gujarat
Tel: 91-281-2312091
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.balajilathe.com
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.schunk.com
190 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS
� NICHROME SEALING WIRE
This is a new line of nichrome
resistance wire coated with
DuPont Tefl on to create a
non-stick surface for use at high
temperatures. Th e nichrome wire
provides a non-stick surface in a
variety of plastics and packaging
processing applications and is capable
of 260°C continuous and 316°C
intermittent use. Th is is suitable for use in a wide range of
packaging, sealing, shrink wrapping, plastic sheet & styrofoam
cutting, and acrylics bending equipment.
Applied Plastics Co, Inc - Massachusetts - USA
Massachusetts, Massachusetts
Tel: 781-7621881
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.appliedplastics.com
� SPINDLE MOTOR
The Fanuc spindle motor Beta-
iI series is a high performance
motor suited to spindle axis of
machine tools. High effi ciency & low
heat generation is achieved by
SPINDLE HRV control. Optimised winding design & eff ective
cooling structure enables high power and high torque. Th e compact
size of the motor is an added advantage.
GE Fanuc Automation Europe SA, Germany
Germany
Tel: +49-352-7279 79213
Email: [email protected]
� MINIATURISED SENSOR SYSTEMS
The CarboSen
miniaturised
sensor systems are
used for detection of
fl ammable gases, such as
CO, H2 or CxHy. Th ese
systems consist of a sensor
unit, sensor housing and sensor electronics. Th e sensor electronics
enable temperature compensation during operation. Th is design can
be used at temperatures up to 450°C.
Lamtec GmbH & Co KG
Walldorn,
Tel: 6227-605240
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.lamtec.de
SEA
RC
H S
epte
mbe
r 20
12 A
d N
ame:
San
yo
Pg N
o. 1
91
SEA
RC
H Septem
ber 2012 Ad N
ame: A
plus Pg No. 192
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 193
INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS
� DIGITAL FIBREOPTIC SENSORS
In addition to MEGA power, the
FS-N Series (FS-neo)
introduces unprecedented setup
ease with one click operation.
Salient features include: newly
released water-resistant fi bre sensor amplifi ers; IP66 standard;
complete setup with just one click (new); automatic maintenance
(new); high power reduces labour hours; 250x conventional model;
detects wire as small as ø0.6 um; and ambient-light resistance:
30,000 lux.
Keyence Singapore Pte Ltd
Lobby G, Singapore
Tel: +65-6-63921011
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.keyence.com.sg
� ROBOCUT
This machine has high-
performance CNC coupled with
digital servo technology. It has a
high-rigidity casting and a thermal
insulation structure. It is incorporated
with twin-servo wire tension control, advanced AWF2 enabling
safe unmanned operation, customised Fanuc PC FAPT Cut
194 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS
programming software & Servo water level control for stable
cutting. It comes with a 15-inch LCD touch panel & an USB I/O.
For high precision, it has an upgraded AI pulse controls 2 & fi nish
cutting generator.
GE Fanuc Automation Europe SA, Germany
Germany
Tel: +49-352-7279 79213
Email: [email protected]
� ROBODRILL
It is a small machining center with spindle
taper size No. 30 for milling, boring,
drilling and tapping. Th is machine is
characterised by Nano CNC system, HRV
control, AI contour control which implements
high-speed, high-precision machining by
reading 200 blocks in advance for acceleration/
deceleration control & high acceleration
positioning. It has a synchronous built-in servo motor installed. Th e
number of blocks to be read in advance can be increased, thereby
enabling up to 1,000 blocks to be read in advance for acceleration/
deceleration control. Th is enables high-speed, high precision
machining without feedrate variations even for a program consisting of
super-minute line segments. Additional 1-axis control can be added to
enable simultaneous contour control of up to 4 axes. Spindle is directly
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 195
INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS
coupled with its motor. Least maintenance due to grease sealed
bearings. Th e high speed and high precision ball bearing is used for the
high-speed spindle.
GE Fanuc Automation Europe SA, Germany
Germany
Tel: +49-352-7279 79213
Email: [email protected]
� MILLING HEADS UNITS
The gears and axis are all made from
SCM415, and have heat-treatment and
precise girded to JIS 1 level. Most of
components are lubricated by auto-pump and
auto-injection. High precision, low noise and
vibration free, each model has diff erent speed for
machining and some models also could be used
for drilling. Th ese milling heads most equipped
on plano milling machine for vertical and horizontal milling or the
retrofi t work shop.
Para Mill Precision Machinery Co Ltd
Taichung City, Taiwan
Tel: +886-4-26800678
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.paramill.com
196 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS
� CNC GRAPHITE MACHINING CENTER
This closed bridge type-high speed CNC
Graphite Machining Center has patent
design on its structure, as its super
structural rigidity is combined with advanced
technologies. It has a 30000 RPM high speed
spindle, resulting in high quality graphite electrode performance.
Th e Graphite Dust Suction & Filtration System (GDSFS) results
up to 99% dust disposal effi ciency. Th e dry type GDSFS is implied
here. It has high effi ciency dust-collecting equipment &
incorporates zero wear-out draught fan function.
Hsiu Fong machinery Co. Ltd
Taichung City-Taiwan
Tel: 886-4-22792121
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.surefirst.com
� STEEL BARS
These bars are processed with center-
less grinding & hard chrome
plating after cold drawn. Th e bar is
abrasion-proof & corrosion-proof. Th ese are
hard chrome coated where thickness is
minimum 20 microns. Standard length of mass product is 3000
mm -6000 mm.
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 197
INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS
The information published in this section is as per the details furnished by the respective manufacturer/distributor. In any case, it does not represent the views of
SEARCH
� SPECIAL ALLOY SURFACE COATINGS
The special alloy surface coating is a new
processing method over welding of
nickel based alloy on the thread surface.
Features include: evenly gardened surface with 1
m/m thickness; hardness does not decrease
under normal temperature; corrossion-resistance
& especially suitable for PVC material; and the hardened surface is
2 or 3 times more wear-resistant than conventional threaded rods.
Jiuh Kang Enterprise Co, Ltd
Tainan, Taiwan
Tel: +886-6-2534783
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.plasticmachine.com.tw
Fu-Long Metal Industrial Co., Ltd.
Taoyuan Hsien-Taiwan
Telephone: 886-3-4852858
Fax: 886-3-4787597
Web: www.flweb.com.tw
EVENT LIST
v
NATIONAL
4-6 October 2012INDIA STEEL 2012Focus: Technology, machinery & equipment in the steel industry Where: Bombay Exhibition Centre, MumbaiMob: 91 9899392930Email: [email protected]
30 October - 1 November 2012WIRE & CABLE INDIA 2012Focus: Developments in wire & cable Where: Bombay Exhibition Centre, MumbaiTel: 91 011 2697 1745/1056 66E-mail: [email protected]
3-5 October 2012POWER-GEN ASIAFocus: Power generationWhere: Impact Exhibition & Convention Centre, Bangkok, ThailandTel: 44 1992656634E-mail: [email protected]
ABROAD
v
NATIONAL
1-5 November 2012ENGINEERING EVOLUTIONFocus: Industrial MachineryWhere: Ahmedabad Education Society Grounds, Ahmedabad, GujaratTel: 079 40092078Fax: 079 25895904E-mail: [email protected]
21-24 November 2012INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION INDIA 2012Focus: Industrial Automation ApplicationWhere: India Expo Center, Greater Noida, IndiaTel: 022 40050681Fax: 022 40050683E-mail: [email protected]
21-24 November 2012EMAF EXPO 2012Focus: Industrial Tools & MachineryWhere: Feira International do Porto, PortugalTel: 351 229981472Fax: 351 213826734E-mail: [email protected]
ABROAD
v
14-16 December 2012IPVS TRADE FAIR & CONFERENCE 2012Focus: Industrial pumps, Valves & systemsWhere: Auto Cluster Exhibition and Convention Centre, Pune, MaharashtraTel: 022 2410 2801/02Fax: 022 24102805E-mail: [email protected]
11-14 December 2012AUTOMECHANIKA SHANGHAIFocus: Repair & Maintenance EquipmentWhere: Shanghai New International Expo Center, Pudong, ShanghaiTel: 86 21 6160 8555 Fax: 86 21 5876 9332 E-mail: [email protected]
5-8 December 2012MANUFACTURING INDONESIA SERIES 2012Focus: Manufacturing machinery, equipment, materials & services and chemical processingWhere: Jakarta International Expo, Jakarta, IndonesiaTel: 65 2333 6777Fax: 65 6233 6768E-mail: [email protected]
ABROADNATIONAL
EVENT LIST
AHMEDABAD October 5-8, 2012
PUNE November 2-5, 2012
CHENNAI November 22-25, 2012
LUDHIANA December 21-24, 2012
Tel: 022-30034651 • E-mail: [email protected] • Web: www.engg-expo.com
INDORE January 11-14, 2013
AURANGABAD February 1-4, 2013
RUDRAPUR February 23-26, 2013
v
8-13 January 2013VIBRANT GUJARAT GLOBAL TRADE SHOWFocus: Manufacturing & technologyWhere: Helipad Ground, Gandhinagar, GujaratTel: 079 2325 6009, 2325 0492 / 93Fax: 079 2325 0490E-mail: [email protected]
4-7 January 2013ELASIA 2013Focus: Electrical, Lightings & Power sectorWhere: Triupra Vasini, Palace Grounds, Bengaluru, KarnatakaTel: 080 43307474Fax: 080 22352772E-mail: [email protected]
7-10 January 2013ARABIA ESSEN WELDING & CUTTINGFocus: Manufacturing IndustryWhere: Dubai World Trade Centre, Dubai, United Arab EmiratesTelephone: 49 20172440Fax: 49 2017244248
ABROADNATIONAL
v
14-18 February, 2013VCCI EXPOFocus: Industrial and Allied productsWhere: Naulakhi Compound, VadodaraTel: 0265 - 2642291, 2636262, 2636969 Fax: 0265 - 2638050 E-mail: [email protected]
15-17 February, 2013IETF MANUFACTURINGFocus: Manufacturing IndustryWhere: Pragati Maidan, New DelhiTel: 0124)-4014060 / 4014061Fax: (91)-(124)-4014088
5-7 February, 2013EXPO MANUFACTURA 2013Focus: Manufacturing ProductivityWhere: Cintermex, Monterrey, N.L., 64010, MexicoTel: 52 (81) 8369 6969Fax: 52 (81) 8369 6911E-mail: [email protected]
ABROADNATIONAL
v
6-7 March, 2013DESIGN & MANUFACTURING SOUTHFocus: TechnologyWhere: Orange County Convention Center, Orlando, USTel: 310-445-4200E-mail: [email protected]
19-21 March, 2013ELECTRONICA & PRODUCTRONICA CHINA 2013Focus: Materials processing, production related servicesWhere: Shanghai New International Expo CenterTel: +86-21-2020-5503Fax: +86-21-2020-5688E-mail: [email protected]
19.-22 March, 2013AMPER 2013Focus: Electronics, automation Where: Brno Exhibition Centre Tel: +420 221 992 144Fax: +420 221 992 139E-mail: [email protected]
ABROAD
200 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
Latest Popular Tenders brought to you by www.tendersinfo.com
Org: Organisation’s Name, TRN: Tendersinfo Ref No, Desc: Description, DSLD: Doc Sale Last Date, BOD: Bid Opening Date, Loc: Location, BT: Bidding Type.
INFORMATION COURTESY: TENDERSINFO.COM
1, Arch Gold, Next to MTNL Exchange, Poisar, SV Road, Kandivali (W), Mumbai - 400067, Maharashtra, India
Tel: +91-22-28666134 • Fax: +91-22-28013817 • Email: [email protected]
TRANSFORMER
Org : Chittaranjan Locomotive Works
TRN : 11874372
Desc : Supply of transformer main 5400 KVA complete
BOD : September 12, 2012
Loc : India
BT : Domestic competitive bidding
CNC UNIVERSAL LATHE MACHINE
Org : Indian Ordnance Factories
TRN : 11820722
Desc : Supply of conventional alignment lathe 10 m
BOD : September 12, 2012
Loc : India
BT : International competitive bidding
CNC HORIZONTAL MACHINING CENTRE
Org : Diesel Locomotive Works
TRN : 11776223
Desc : Supply of CNC horizontal machining centre
BOD : September 25, 2012
Loc : India
BT : Domestic competitive bidding
PROJECT
SUN EDISON’S BANKURA 5-MW SOLAR POWER PLANT DEVELOPMENT PROJECT
Org : SUNEDISON LLC12500 Baltimore
Project Type : N/A
Project News : Setting up a 5-MW solar power plant
Loc : India
Project Cost : $25 million
Contact:
SUNEDISON LLC12500 Baltimore Avenue
Beltsville, MD 20705, US.
Tel: 443-909-7200
Fax: 443-909-7150
Details should include the Address with Pin Code, Tel No, Fax No, Email and Website
CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM AND PLC
Org : Department Of Atomic Energy
TRN : 11931609
Desc : Design, fabrication, inspection, tightening trials, dispatch, erection and commissioning of automated bolt tightening system with nut feeding system and indexing arrangement with PLC
BOD : September 03, 2012
Loc : India
BT : Domestic competitive bidding
CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
Org : Public Health Engineering Department
TRN : 11943121
Desc : Supply of centrifugal pump set
BOD : September 03, 2012
Loc : India
BT : Domestic competitive bidding
INVERTER
Org : North Central Railway
TRN : 10568732
Desc : Supply of static inverter
BOD : September 03, 2012
Loc : India
BT : Domestic competitive bidding
MOTORS
Org : Chittaranjan Locomotive Works
TRN : 11819945
Desc : Supply of motor set for traction motor
BOD : September 05, 2012
Loc : India
BT : Domestic competitive bidding
TELESCOPIC CRANE
Org : Indian Railways
TRN : 11686562
Desc : Design, supply and commissioning into service of high-capacity diesel hydraulic microprocessor controlled telescopic jib breakdown cranes
BOD : September 09, 2012
Loc : India
BT : International competitive bidding
PRODUCT INDEX
202 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
Abrasive 153
Abrasive blast cleaning 170
AC gear motor 4, 185
AC servo 65
AC servo motor 4, 185
AC variable frequency drives 16
AC/DC panels 167
ACB panel 157
Accessories 8
Acoustic enclosure 119
Actuators 59, 196
Adaptor 187
Adhesives 179
Aerobridge installation & maintenance 189
Agitator seals 120
Air operated diaphragm pumps 118
Airport equipments & service provider 189
Ait/water flow switches 59
Alarm annunciators 99
All gear lathe 170
All geared auto feed pillar drilling machine 178
All geared planning machine 181
Allen cap 195
Allen CSK 195
Alloy steel cold drawn seamless straight pipes/tubes 166
Alu-cera polymer 7
Aluminium bronze 175
Aluminium casting 184
Aluminium crane system 171
Aluminium oxide ceramic composite 7
Aluminum extrusion 186
Analog timers 205
Annunciator 75
Auto feed radial drilling machine 178
Autoclavable gaskets 196
Automatic grinding machine 193
Automatic rolling shutter 21
Automatic weighing 189
Automation 19, 20, 153
Automobile bearing 159
Automotive automation - engine & transmission assembly 143
Autophoretic coating 154
Axial flow fans 157, 166
Ball bearing 94, 127, 168, 173
Ball check valve 165
Ball screws 94
Ball valve 128, 160, 165, 167, 180, 213
Balls 171
Batch production machine 172
Battery operated pallet trucks 121
BBL brake motor 71
BBL/KEC flame proof motor 71
Bearing 94, 102, 105, 159, 168, 173
Bench type drilling machine 169
Benchtop presses 161
Bend 180, 218
Blackening / bluing salt 176
Blow down valves 180
Blowers 194
Blowers & Fans 157
Boiler compound & scale remover 176
Boring machine 181
Bottle cap torque testing systems 41
Braided hose 196
Brake motors 46
Brushes 179
Building automation 20
Bushes 94, 165
Butterfly valve 160, 163, 165, 180, 213
Cabinet and v-series cooling technology 47
Cable carrier 102
Cable conduits 23
Cable connector 102
Cable gland 49; 87; 167; 179
Cam followers 180
Capacitance & tan delta testers 185
Carbide 187
Carbide tools 187
Carbon steel cold drawn seamless straight pipes/ tubes 166
Cargo systems & sort equipments 189
Cast/extruded 169
Casting 155, 184
Castors 160
Cbm/pdm services 154
Centre drill 187
Centreless grinding machine 133, 183
Centrifugal air blowers 157
Centrifugal pumps 39
Chain 102
Chain hoist 182
Chain pulley block 114
Check & needle valves 158
Check valve 160, 180, 213
Cheese head slotted screw 190
Chemical & industrial pump 197
Chemical process pumps 187
Chemical pumps 184
Chemical resistant diaphragm vacuum pumps 152
Chromatsing chemicals 176
Chuck 187
CI Casting 181
Circuit breaker analyzer 185
CNC bic
CNC cutting machines 20
CNC cylindrical external grinding machine 133
CNC external grinding machine 133
CNC grinding machine 193
CNC hydraulic turret punch press 186
CNC internal grinding machine 133
CNC laser cutting machines 20
CNC lathes 27
CNC machines bic
CNC oxy fuel cutting machine 20
CNC plasma cutting machine 20, 186
CNC press brake 186
CNC synchro press brake 186
CNC tooling 187
CNC turning center bic
CNC turning chucklers 178
CNC vertical machining center bic
Coating machines 20
Coating plants 20
Coating systems 20
Cold galvan 154
Collet 187
Collet chuck 187
Combination screw with washer 190
Component handing system 143
Compressed air division 189
Compressed air system fittings 217
Compressors 157, 161
Concept line wall mounted enclosure 47
Connector 8, 14, 77, 102
Construction electric hoists 107
Container pumps 118
Contrast/color scanner 95
Control cabinet 77
Control damper 196
Control panel 77
Control system 77
Controller 157, 161
Conventional phase failure relays 205
Conventional precision lathes 27
Conveying blower 157
Conveyor 160
Conveyors and automation systems 21
Coolant pumps 79
Cooling systems 191
Cooper chromium zirconnium 175
Copper chromium 175
Copper enameled wire 182
Cords 196
Corrosion inhibitors 176
Counter 75, 205
Coupling element rubber 188
Crabs 114
Crane 84, 107, 114, 141
Crane drives 182
Crane duty motors 46, 174
Crimp testers 41
Cross connection acc 8
Current injectors 185
Cushion dock shelters 21
Cutting machines 20
Cutting valves 160
Cylindrical grinder 183
Cylindrical photoelectric sensor 180
Cylindrical roller bearing 159
Cylindrical sensors 95
Dampers 196
Dampers for centre 166
Deep groove ball bearing 159
Degreasing / cleaning agents 176
Dehumidifiers 181
Demagnetiser 194
Deoxidized copper 175
Diaphragm vacuum pumps & compressors 163
Diaphragm valve 165, 180
Diaphrgms 193
Didactic equipment for training 77
Digital frequency meters 183
Distribution board 10
Dock levelers 21
Door - pvc flap 21
Door - pvc strip 21
Door - rapid flexible 21
Door - rapid roll up 21
Door - sectional overhead 21
Door – telescopic 21
Dosing pump 157
Double drum & triple drum magnetic separator 194
Double shaft gear box 164
Double sheet monitoring 95
Drawer magnets 194
Drill chuck arbor 187
Drill chucks 189
Drill mill 187
Drilling machine 169, 178
Drills 169, 178
Drive motor 184
Drives 185
Drum pumps 118
Drum type magnetic separator 151
Dry vacuum pumps 175
Dry van pump 119
Dryers 156
Dusters & circuit cooler 179
Electric high torque actuator 59
Electric motors 184
Electric wire rope hoist 107, 186
Electrical & maintenances contractors 189
Electrical cad/cae software 101
Electrical measuring instruments 167
Electrical product 16, 49; 87; 167; 179
Electro mechanical servo systems 161
Electroless nickel plating 154
Electronic dosing pump 157
Electronic process controls instruments 177
Electronic safety sensors 187
Electronic timer 28-35, 75
Electronica india 2012 115; 207
Electronics fair 115; 207
Electronics product 49; 87; 167; 179
Electropnematic positioner 153
Element shrink disc 180
Elmcbs 17
EMI/RFI shielding 179
Encoders 185
Encon products 154
End cap 180
End clap/shop 8
End mills 187
End plate 8
Energy meter 75
Engineering & consultancy services 25
Engineering plastic plug & socket 28-35
Engineering plastics 169
EOT cranes 107, 169
EOT jib crane 84
EOT/HOT cranes 114
Epoxies 179
Product Pg No Product Pg No Product Pg No Product Pg No
Looking For A Specific Product?Searching and sourcing products were never so easy.
Just type SRCH (space) Product Name
and send it to 51818eg. SRCH Pump and send it to 51818
rod
PRODUCT INDEX
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 203
Evaporator 156
Exhausters 194
Exhibition 115; 207
Exhibition - AutoMach 2013 208
Exhibition – IMTMA - AMTTF 82
Exhibition - VCCI 2013 22
Exhibition - Wire & Cable India 2012 26
Extruding 155
Factory automation 20, 185
Fail safe assembly system &
consumer automation 143
Fasteners 195
Fbd gaskets 196
Fbe & nylon coating 154
Fep/pfa/pvdf material 165
Ferrous / Non-ferrous casting 186
Fiber laser cutting machine 214-215
Fiber optic amplifier 95
Filter cock 180
Filters 176
Filtration 176
Filtration nets 176
Finishing & thermal spray coating. 170
Fire doors 179
Fire rolling shutters 179
Fire safe ball valve 160
Fittings 165
Flame proof hoist 114
Flame proof motors 46
Flange mounting motor 71
Flash dryer 156
Flat high tension single-twin ignit 7
Floor crane 168
Floor plate 181
Flow indicator 180
Flow meters 118
Flow switches 59
Fluid connectors 182
Flush bottom ball valve 160
Flush bottom valves 180
Flux & flux remover 179
Fmcg & auto comp 143
Fogged steel valve 213
Foot valve 180
Force & pressure calibration &
testing equipment 41
Force & torque gauges 41
Forged components 186
Forged steel gate 158
Forged steel valves 180
Forging 8
Forked photoelectric sensors 95
Freewheel-oneway-clutches 180
Frequency meters 167
Front casing 184
Fuel burners 157
Fully threaded bars 195
Furnace automation 48
Gang drill machine 169
Gantry crane 84
Gap frame press 203
Gas springs 24
Gaskets 165, 193, 196
Gate valve 160, 162, 180, 213
Gear box 6, 46, 114, 164, 185, 201
Gear motor 6, 201
Gear pumps 182
Geared & flexible couplings 201
Geared drill machine 169
Geared motor 6
Gears 164, 201
Glass 125
Glass screen cleaner 179
Glide wheels 160
Globe 158
Globe valve 160, 180, 213
Gluing systems 113
Goliath crane 107, 114, 168
Gomet bearings 127
Goods lift 84, 114
Grab buckets 107
Grabbing crane 171
Gravity die castings 184
Grinder 133
Grinding machine 111, 125, 133
183, 193
Grinding media 7
Grinding tool for hard material 111, 125
Handling system module 77
Hard chorme plating 154
Hast alloy 213
Head screw 184
Head washer 184
Heat exchangers 192
Heat resistance coating 154
Heat shrink tubing 49; 87; 167; 179
Heat treatment salt 176
Heating element 176
Heating equipment 192
Heavy duty CNC 160
Heavy duty cylindrical bearing 127
Heavy duty lathe machine 170
Helical gear box 46
Helical geared motor 46
Helical inline geared motors / reducers 6
Helical speed reducer 164
Hex bolts 195
High alumina wear resistant ceramic tiles 7
High carbon chrome. 171
High carbon steel balls 171
High efficiency standard motors flame proof motors 174
High intensity rare earth magnetic separator 151
High intensity roller type magnetic separator 151
Hipots (high voltage testers) 185
Hoists 107
Hold back 180
Hopper magnets 194
Horizontal CNC machines bic
Horizontal machining center bic
Horizontal spindle rotary table surface grinder 133
Hoses 182
Hosphating chemicals 176
Human machine interface 16
Hump magnet 194
Product Pg No Product Pg No Product Pg No Product Pg No
PRODUCT INDEX
204 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
Hydra trucks 176
Hydraulic centerless grinding 183
Hydraulic components 217
Hydraulic cylinder 166, 182
Hydraulic cylindrical grinder 183
Hydraulic cylindrical grinding machine 133, 183
Hydraulic hose pipes 172
Hydraulic manual pallet trucks 121
Hydraulic pallet truck 175
Hydraulic press 203
Hydraulic press break 186, 214-215
Hydraulic sealing solution 188
Hydraulic seals 129
Hydraulic shearing machine 186, 203
Hydraulic surface grinding machine 193
I/p transducers 153
Imaging & vision systems 20
Impeller 180, 184
Induction heaters 138
Induction motors 79
Inductive proximity switches 23
Inductive switches 95
Industrial automation products 16
Industrial ceramic 7
Industrial electric power distribution system 10
Industrial fans & blowers 166
Industrial grinding & cutting 155
Industrial heating element 176
Industrial pumps 162
Industrial service 105
Industrial shoes 73
Industrial vacuum cleaners 152
Industrial valves 163
Inline drum type magnetic separator 151
Inline helical geared motors 174
Inline shaft mounted helical geared motors / reducers 6
Instro maintain controls panels 177
Instrumentation & control 12-13
Instruments 183
Insulating material solutions 66
Insulating oil tester 185
Insulation resistance testers 185
Interface modules 8
Interface modules acc 8
Internal grinder 183
Internal grinding machine 183
Inverter duty motors 174
Invertors 65
Isolator 137
Isolators and dbs 17
J eastomer extrusion pump 197
Jacketed ball valve 160
Jib crane 114
Junction box 47
Kamlok & drylok couplings 162
Kec ac motor 71
Kec dc motor 71
Kec slipring crane duty motor 71
Keyless transmission element 180
Knife edge gate valves 180
Knurled bolt 190
Large diameter welded pipes 177
Large helical 174
Laser cutting 218
Laser shaping 111, 125
Lathe chuck 188
Lathe machine 170, 181, 189
Led 23
Led signal tower light 28-35
Level controllers 99
Lift goliath crane 170
Lifting magnets 194
Limit switch 28-35, 153
Lined valve 213
Liquid ceramic coating 154
Liquid control valves 166
Liquid pumps 118
Liquid ring vacuum pump 157
Lldpe tubes 217
Load break switches 23
Loading arms 162
Long neck pipe end 180
Low pressure die casting 184
Lubricants. 105, 179
Lubricated plug valve 128
Machine handling pallet truck 177
Machine interface 65
Machine tool 48
Machined components 186
Magnet cup 184
Magnet drive pumps 184, 187
Magnet pumps 184
Magnetic coolant separator 151
Magnetic pulley 194
Magnetic racks 194
Main & sub-system assembly automation 143
Marker plotter 8
Markers 8
Marking solutions 18
Material handling 48
Material handling equipment 121, 189
Mcb 137
Mcbs 17
Measuring instruments 167
Measuring sensors 95
Mechanical press brake 186
Mechanical seals 120
Mechanical seals for process equipments 120
Mechanical vacuum boosters 194
Medium duty lathe machine 170
Mesh 176
Metal cutting tool 5
Meters 167
MGN brake motor 83
Micro plc 65
Micro switch 28-35
Mill lining blocks 7
Mini sensors 95
Modular plc 65
Molding 155, 196
Monitoring 161
Monoblock high vacuum pump 175
Monoblock pump 79, 187
Monorail trolley 114
Motion control 65, 113
Motion control products 185
Motion technologies 211
Motor 46, 71, 79, 187
Motor protection circuit breaker 23
Motor protection relay 184, 186
Motor testing systems 41
Motor/pump protection relays 99
Motorized chain pulley block 114
Motorized metering pump 157
Mounting bracket 8
Mounting rails 8
Multi-level car parking systems 189
Multimedia union 24
Multiport ball valve 160
Multistage centrifugal air blowers 157
Needle roller bearing 94, 127
Nickel silver 175
Nickle Aluminium bronze 213
Non lubricated plug valves 128
Non return valve 180
Non-ferrous castings 184
Nozzles 162
Nuts 195
O ring 129, 184
Ohms meters 167
Oil 157
Oil seal high vacuum pump 175
Oil seals 164, 193
O-ring chevron set strip 188
O-rings 193
Over band magnetic separator 151
Over crank shearing machine 186
Oxy fuel cutting 186
Packaging net 176
Packaging paper pulp 48
Paint remover 176
Pallet truck 172
Panel 167
Panel bender 218
Panel bender & material handling 218
Panel bending machine 214-215
Panel meters 183, 205
Parallel shaft helical gearbox 164
Parallel shaft helical geared motors 174
Partition plate 8
Pbegl geared motor 71
Pedestrian & rider operated counter balanced pallet trucks 121
Peening 170
Pen heads 190
Permanent magnetic chucks 194
Permanent magnetic drum pulley 151
Permanent magnetic drum type separator 194
Pf controllers 183
Phase failure relays 99, 205
Phase monitoring device 75
Philips combination pointed screw 190
Philips combinations screw 190
Philips csk screw 190
Philips pen head 190
Phosphorus bronze 175
Photoelectric switches 81
Pid controllers 177
Pillar drill machine 169, 178
Pillow block bearing 159
Pilot lights 23
Pipe 165
Pipe tube fittings 217
Piping system from polypropline 55
Piping systems 217
Piston rod 182
Planetary gear boxes 164
Planner machine 160, 181
Plano milling machines 160
Plano-miller 181
Plasma cutting machine 214-215
Plastic flap loaded foot valve 163
Plat truck 160
Plate bending machine 186
Plate magnets 194
Plcs 185
Plug valve 128, 165, 213
Plugs and sockets 23
Plumbing pipes & fittings 217
Pneumatic components 217
Pneumatic control valves 180
Pneumatic cylinder valve 164
Pneumatic valve 164
Pneumohydraulic 161
Pole ring 180
Polyacetal 169
Polymer production pump 197
Polynets 176
Polypropylene 169
Polyurethane 169
Position transducers 81
Potentiometers 81
Potting + encapsulating 179
Power 161
Power line transducers 183
Power magnet 194
Power press 186, 203
Power systems 191
Power tool 153
Precision component 105
Precision steel 111, 125
Precision switches single & multiple 23
Precision universal cylindrical machine 183
Press brake 172
Press brake machine 203
Presses 161
Pressure sensors and indicators 41
Printed circuit boards 99
Printing 48
Process automation 113
Process automation and control equipment 77
Product assemblies. 186
Production and processing equipment 192
Productronica india 2012 115; 207
Profiles 196
Proline modular enclosure 47
Protective polymer coating 154
Prototyping materials 179
Proximity sensor 28-35
Proximity switches 81
Ptfe 154, 165, 180
Ptfe lined valves 158
Ptfe/teflcon 169
Pull stud 187
Pump seals 120
Pumps. 39, 79, 118, 119, 157162, 175, 182, 184, 187, 188, 197, BC
Punch multiple holes. 172
Punching 218
Punching laser cutting 214-215
Punching sheering machine 214-215
Punching-shearing system 218
Pure water fittings 217
Product Pg No Product Pg No Product Pg No Product Pg No
PRODUCT INDEX
206 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
Aluminum 195CNV graphite machining
center 196Coil spring 171Concrete energy savings 43Digital fibreoptic sensors 193Energy efficiency solutions 43Milling heads units 195Miniaturized sensor systems 190Nichrome sealing wire 190Robocut 193Robodrill 194Special alloy surface coatings 197Spindle motor 190Steel bars 196Wave spring 171
INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS
Product Pg No
Push buttons 23
Quality control valves 59
Radial drilling machine 178, 181
Rccb 137
Reamers 187
Rear casing 184
Rear cylinder hydraulic press brake 203
Receptacles 162
Reducer 180
Relays 205
Remanufacture and repair 105
Right angled helical bevel geared motors / reducers 6
Right angled helical worm geared motors / reducers 6
Rod 165
Roll forming machine 214-215
Roll turning lathe machine 180
Roller bearing 94, 173
Roots blower 119, 162
Roots vacuum pumps 175
Rotary actuator 59
Rotary air lock valve 180
Rotary atomizer. 156
Rotary dampers 24
Rotary gear pumps 182
Rotary joints & unions 24
Rotary pumps 175
Rotary shaft seals 129
Rotary sliding vane pumps 187
Rotary switches 23
Rotary vane oil free vacuum pumps 152
Rotating unions 24
Rubber parts 193
Rubber products 164
Rust preventive 176
Rust removers 176
Safety controls 161
Safety protection devices 23
Safety shoes 73
Safety valves 163
Scable ties 49; 87; 167; 179
Scada 185
Scoop 180
Scr bess power regulator 177
Sealing system 182
Seals 105, 164
Seamless pipes 177
Section 196
Sector ball valve 160
Self aligning ball bearing 159
Self tapping & machine screws 195
Sensor solutions 113
Separator plate 8
Servo drives 16
Servo motors 16
Servo systems 191
Sewage pump 79
Shaft mounted speed reducers 164
Shaping machine 181
Shearing machine 203
Sheet 165, 196
Shock absorbers 24
Shovel 180
Shunts 167
Side channel blowers 157
Side lock adaptor 187
Sight flow meters 162
Sight glass 180
Silicon brass 175
Silicon bronze 175
Silicon rubber sleeves 196
Silver copper 175
Single converter isolator modules 177
Single limit switches 23
Single shaft extruder gear box 164
Single stage monoblock vacuum pump 175
Single stage vacuum pump 175
Siphon systems 24
Sleeve bearings 127
Slimline relay 153
Slip ring motor starter 185
Slipon flange 180
Small size ball bearings 127
Smps 75
Sockets & switches 8
Soft starters 99
Solderless terminal 49; 87; 167; 179
Solid carbide drill 5
Solid carbide drill with ic 5
Solid carbide mill 5
Solid carbide reamer 5
Solid carbide reamer with IC 5
Solid carbide special drill 5
Solid carbide special mill 5
Solid carbide special reamer 5
Sorting systems & automation 189
Space sector 143
Spade 180
Special application motors 174
Special bearing 159
Special pointed screw 190
Special purpose machines 160
Special tools 187
Specialized chemicals 179
Spherical roller bearing 159
Spherical roller thrust bearing 159
Spin flash dryers 156
Spiral cum helical gear box 201
Sponge products 196
Spray dryers 156
Spray guns 189
Spring testers 41
Sprockets 164
Square 196
Stacking system 214-215
Stainless steel 171
Stainless steel fasteners 195
Stainless steel pipes 177
Steam engineering products fic
Steam jacketed ball valves 128
Steam jacketed plug valves 128
Steel 105
Steel balls 171
Steel industry 48
Steel mill duty & flame proof cranes 107
Steel tube 182
Stepper motors 185
Strainer 160, 180
Strips 196
Super duplex 213
Super precision bearings 127
Superior hard anodizing 154
Surface grinder 193
Surface grinding machine 193
Surface plate 181
Swing check valve 165
Switch 3, 137
Switchboard meters 167
Switchgear 3
Switchgear applications 66
Swivels 162
Tachometer 75
Taper plug valves 128
Taper roller bearing 159
Technical ceramic 7
Tee 180
Teflon bush 184
Tefzel hhs isotactic p.p material 55
Temperature controller 75, 205
Temperature indicator 205
Tensile testing 41
Tensioner nut 180
Terminal blocks 8
Testers 167
Thermoplast extrusion pump 197
Thermoplastic valves 55
Thrush ball bearings 127, 159
Time switch 75
Titanium 213
Tooling for edm / wedm / vmc-s / hmc-s 214-215
Tools 187
Torque 41
Torque motors 174
Torque tool testers 41
Track rollers 180
Trade show 115; 207
Transfer trolley 114
Transformer ratio meters 185
Transformer winding resistance testers 185
Transformers 167
Transmission 153
Transparent sleeves 196
Transparent tubes 196
Tri lobe roots blowers 194
Tricover gaskets 196
Tri-lobe rotary blowers 178
Trim handling systems 157
Trolleys 160
Trunion mounted ball valve 160
Tubes 165, 177
Tubing accessory 77
Turbine blowers 154
Turned components 186
Turret punching machine 214-215
Twin lobe roots blower 162, 194
Twist drills 187
Two stage vacuum pump 162, 175
U & v seals 193
‘U’ tubes 177
Uhmw-pe 169
Ultrasonic sensors 95
Vacuum booster pump 119
Vacuum pumps 161, 175
Vacuum system 119
Vacuum/pneumatic recovery system 170
Valve 77, 128, 160, 161, 163 165, 180, 187, 196
Valve positioner 153
Valve sensor 160
Valve terminal 77
Vane damper 157
Velocity & feed controllers 24
Vertical boring machine 181
Vertical multistage inline pumps 158
Vertical turning lathe 160
Vertical turning machine 181
Very low frequency hipots 185
Vibrating reed type 167
Voltage/current/power monitoring
relays 99
Wafer type ball valve 160
Wall console cranes 168
Washer 180, 196
Washer head screw 190
Waste and water treatments 48
Water faucet & tap parts 7
Water ring vacuum pump 157
Water ring vacuum pumps 162
Water softening compound 176
Water treatment 192
Water valves 163
Weighing applications 48
Welded pipes 177
Welding equipments 189
Wheel barrows 160
Wheels 160
Winches 84, 107
Wind mill gear box 201
Wiper 188
Wiper o-ring 188
Wire connector 49; 87; 167; 179
Wire rope hoist 114
Wireless data logger system 183
Work holding devices 190
Worm drive hose clamps 197
Worm gear 201
Worm geared motors 46
Worm reducer gear box 164
Worm reducers 164
Xylan coating 154
‘Y’ type strainer 180
Zinc flake coating 154
Zirconia polycrystal ceramic 7
Product Pg No Product Pg No Product Pg No Product Pg No
ADVERTISERS’ LIST
212 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
Our consistent advertisers
A Plus Projects Technology Pvt Ltd 192T: +91-20-25630620E: [email protected]: www.aplusprojects.biz
Academy For Conservation Of Energy 154T: +91-265-2325034E: [email protected]: www.syguruace.com
Accent Control Pvt Ltd 81T: +91-22-25822141E: [email protected]: www.accentsensors.com
Acme Air Equipment Co Pvt Ltd 194T: +91-79-25831985E: [email protected]: www.airequipments.com
Allied Electronics Corporation 14
T: +91-22 61953699 E: [email protected],W: www.aecconnectors.com
Amsak Cranes Private Limited 84T: +91-44-26273486E: [email protected]: www.amsakcranes.com
ANI Engineers 182T: +91-2752-241479E: [email protected]: www.anivaryapumps.com
Apex Industries 154T: +91-2764-291085E: [email protected]: www.industrialcoatingsindia.com
Ashok Industry 176T: +91-22-26232133E: [email protected]: www.ashkindustry.com
Associated Toolings (India) Pvt Ltd 158T: +91-33-26530657E: [email protected]: www.atipl.com
Austin Engineering Company Ltd 173E: [email protected]: www.aec-bearings.com
Avasarala Technologies Limited 143T: +91-80-26083300E: [email protected]: www.avasarala.com
Ballkings 171T: +91-161-2534501E: [email protected]
Baumer India Pvt Ltd 113T: +91-20-25286833E: [email protected]: www.baumer.com
To know more about the advertisers in this magazine, refer to our ‘Advertisers’ List’ or write to us at [email protected] or call us on +91-22-3003 4640or fax us at +91-22-3003 4499 and we will send your enquiries to the advertisers directly to help you source better
Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No
Bry Air (Asia) Pvt Ltd 181T: +91-11-23906777E: [email protected]: www.bryair.com
C&S Electric Ltd. 137T: +91-11-30887520-29W: www.cselectric.co.in
Champkraft Machine Tools 133T: +91-2752-241881E: [email protected]: www.solcogrinder.com
Classic Polymers & Resins 169T: +91-22-24465251E: [email protected]: www.classicpolymers.com
CNP Pumps India Pvt Ltd 39T: +91-22-25818400E: [email protected]: www.nanfangpumps.com
Coatec India 20T: +91-172-5063436E: [email protected]: www.coatecindia.com
Confederation Of Indian Industry 208T: +91-124-4014060-65 E: [email protected]: www.bsxindia.com
Connectwell Industries Pvt Ltd 8T: +91-251-2870636E: [email protected]: www.connectwell.com
Control Engg Co 16T: +91-33-2248 0192E: [email protected]: www.cecoelectronics.co.in
Dr. Dinesh & Ramesh Engr. Pvt Ltd 184T: +91-79-25893704E: [email protected]: www.drecasting.com
DSM India Pvt Ltd 66T: +91-20-66430813E: [email protected]: www.dsmep.com
Durga Bearing Pvt Ltd 127T: +91-22-6876073E: [email protected]: www.durgabearings.com
Eddycranes Engineers Pvt Ltd 107T: +91-22-2352 2710E: [email protected] W: www.eddycranes.com
Elecon Engineering Company Limited 201T: +91-2692-236469E: [email protected]: www.elecon.com
Electromech Material Handling Sys P Ltd 141T: +91-20-66542222E: [email protected]: www.emech.in
Electronic Automation Pvt Ltd 75T: +91-80-42802345E: [email protected]: www.eaplindia.com
Everest Blower Systems 119T: +91-11-45457777E: [email protected]: www.everestblowers.com
Farmax Machines Private Limited 214-215T: +91-80-28435034E: [email protected]: www.farmax.in
Festo Controls Ltd 77T: +91-80-22894100E: [email protected]: www.festo.com
Flosteer Engineers Pvt Ltd 180T: +91-79-65435676E: [email protected]: www.flosteer.com
Flow Chem Industries 160T: +91-79-27712102E: [email protected]: www.flowchem.com
Fluid Energy Controls Inc 162T: +91-44-42083536E: [email protected]: www.fecindia.com
Forbes Marshall Pvt Ltd FICT: +9120-27145595E: [email protected]: www.forbesmarshall.com
G L Brothers 189T: +91-22-66047000E: [email protected]: www.pilotindia.com
G M Engineering 213T: +91-2827-287658E: [email protected]: www.gmengg.com
G R Polynets 176T: +91-2692-230484E: [email protected]: www.grpolynets.com
G W Precision Tools India Pvt Ltd 5T: +91-80-40431252E: [email protected]: www.gwindia.in
Gandhi Automations Pvt Ltd 21T: +91-22-66720200E: [email protected]: www.geapl.co.in
ADVERTISERS’ LIST
214 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
Our consistent advertisers
Gelco Electronics Pvt Ltd 205T: +91-79-22200902E: [email protected]: www.gelco-world.com
Goliya Electricals Pvt Ltd 167T: +91-22-24120456E: [email protected]: www.goliya.com
Goliya Instruments Pvt Ltd 183T: +91-22-24149657E: [email protected]: www.goliyainstruments.com
Grundfos Pumps India Pvt Ltd .BCT: +91-44-24966800E: [email protected]: www.grundfos.in
Heattrans Equipments Pvt.Ltd. 186T: +91-79-25840105E: [email protected]: www.heattrans.com
Heidelberg Prominent Fluid Controls 157T: +91-80-23578872E: [email protected]: www.prominentindia.com
Hensel Electric India Pvt. Ltd. 10T: +91-44-24541669E: [email protected]: www.hensel-electric.de
Hi-Fab Engineers Pvt Ltd 120T: +91-22-40766555E: [email protected]: www.hi-fab.com
Hiflon Polymers Industries 188T: +91-79-25857182E: [email protected]: www.fluoroplastind.com
Hindustan Motor Mfg Co 174T: +91-22-42500500E: [email protected]: www.hindmotors.com
Igus India Pvt Ltd 102T: +91-80-39127800E: [email protected]: www.igus.in
Indian Machine Tool Mfgr’S Asso, 82T: +91-80-66246600E: [email protected]: www.imtma.in
Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No
Ingeco Gears Pvt. Ltd. 164T: +91-2717-651551E: [email protected]: www.ingecogears.com
Inventum Engineering Co Pvt Ltd 138T: +91-22-26730499E: [email protected]: www.inventumindia.com
Jagdeep Foundry (Regd.) 181T: +91-1871-242750E: [email protected]: www.jagdeepfoundry.in
Jaibalaji Control Gears Pvt. Ltd., 28-35T: +91-44-26251279E: [email protected]: www.jaibalaji.firm.in
Jaykrishna Magnetics Pvt Ltd 151T: +91-79-22970452E: [email protected]: www.magneticequipments.com
Joyam Engineers & Consultants Pvt Ltd 175T: +91-79-26569533E: [email protected]: www.joyamvactech.com
Jyoti Ceramic Industries Pvt Ltd 7T: +91-253-2350120/338E: [email protected]: www.jyoticeramic.com
Jyoti Cnc Automation Pvt. Ltd. .BICT: +91-2827-287081E: [email protected]: www.jyoti.co.in
K.P.Mondal & Sons. 163T: +91-33-26530673E: [email protected]: www.kpmvalves.com
Kamal Valves Pvt Ltd 128T: +91-288-2673239E: [email protected]
Kiran Manufactures 170T: +91-281-2388372E: [email protected]: www.nagmanilathes.com
Klipco Pvt Ltd 197T: +91-22-28684221E: [email protected]: www.klipcoclips.com
Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No
Knowell International Pvt Ltd 168T: +91-33-22304627E: [email protected]: www.knowell.co.in
Lan Marketing Pvt Ltd 197T: +91-22-27893645E: [email protected]: www.maag.com
Larsen & Toubro Ltd 3T: +1800-233-5858E: [email protected]: www.larsentoubro.com
Larsen & Toubro Ltd 17T: +91-22-67525656E: [email protected]: www.larsentoubro.com
Liberty Shoes Ltd 73T: +91-1748-251120E: [email protected]: www.libertyshoes.com
Libratherm Instruments Pvt. Ltd. 177T: +91-22-42555353E: [email protected]: www.libratherm.com
Luthra Pneumsys 217T: +91-09821128362E: [email protected]: www.pneumsys.com
M+V Marketing - Leuze Electronic 95T: +91-80-40854444E: [email protected]: www.leuze.in
Machbow Products 184T: +91-22-25784069E: [email protected]: www.machbow.com
Maco Corporation India Pvt Ltd 24T: +91-33-24758371E: [email protected]: www.macocorporation.com
Macro Tech Equipment Pvt Ltd 121T: +91-33-24666261E: [email protected]: www.macrotechcal.com
Makson Machines Pvt Ltd 178T: +91-278-2446437E: [email protected]: www.makwanaeng.com
Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No
Our consistent advertisers
ADVERTISERS’ LIST
S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK 215
Our consistent advertisers
Marks Pryor Marketing Technology 18T: +91-20-66743300E: [email protected]: www.markspryor.com
Messe Dusseldorf India Pvt Ltd 26T: +91-11-26971745E: [email protected]: www.md-india.com
MGM-Varvel Power Transmission (P) Ltd 83T: +91-44-64627008E: [email protected]: www.mgmvarvelindia.com
Minilec (India) Pvt Ltd 99T: +91-20-66524695E: [email protected]: www.minilecgroup.com
Mitcon Consultancy Services Ltd 25T: +91-20-25533309E: [email protected]: www.mitconindia.com
Mitsubishi Electric (I) Pvt. Ltd. 65T: +91-124-4630300E: [email protected]: www.mitsubishielectric.asia/india/
MMI India Pvt Ltd 115; 207T: +91-22-42554700E: [email protected]: www.electronica-india.com
Moulik Rubber Industries 193T: +91-22-40037863E: [email protected]: www.moulikrubberindustries.com
NI Systems India Pvt Ltd 12-13T: +91-80-41190000E: [email protected]: www.ni.com
NIA Controls 196T: +91-250-2480916E: [email protected]: www.tscindia.com
NMTG Mechtrans Techniques Pvt Ltd. 180T: +91-79-22821527E: [email protected]: www.nmtgindia.com
Oil Seals Mfg Co Pvt Ltd 164T: +91-22-22047943E: [email protected]
Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No
OSG India Pvt Ltd 155T: +91-20-66304407/08W: www.osg-india.com
Oswal Pumps Ltd. 79T: +91-184-6616600E: [email protected]: www.oswalpumps.com
P P I Pumps Pvt Ltd 162T: +91-79-25832273E: [email protected]: www.ppipumps.com
Parth Poly Valves Pvt. Ltd 180T: +91-79-22200198E: [email protected]: www.parthvalves.com
Patels Airflow Ltd 166T: +91-79-40200800E: [email protected]: www.steeltubeinida.com
Pentair Technical Products India Pvt Ltd 47T: +91-80-28454640E: [email protected]: www.pentairtechnicalproducts.com
Pinnacle Engineering Enterprise 193T: +91-2752-230552E: [email protected]: www.pinnaclegrinder.com
Pitroda Utility Industries 183T: +91-2752-243795E: [email protected]: www.pitrodautilityindia.com
Power Build Ltd 6T: +91-2692-231070E: [email protected]: www.pbl.co.in
Precihole Machine Tools Pvt Ltd 4T: +886-3-329-9968E: [email protected]: www.peei.com.tw
Precision Brearing Pvt. Ltd 159T: +91-79-65412051E: [email protected]: www.znlbearings.com
Premier Engineering Technics Pvt Ltd 189T: +91-22-26852233E: [email protected]: www.premiertechnics.com
Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No
Progressive Engineers 179T: +91-22-32944289E: [email protected]: www.progressiveengineers.net
Raajratna Ventures Ltd 195T: +91-79-27561915E: [email protected]: www.raajfasteners.com
Rapid Controls Pvt Ltd 59T: +91-11-28115349E: [email protected]: www.rapidcontrols.in
Ravel Hiteks Pvt Ltd 188T: +91-44-24963241E: [email protected]: www.ravelhiteks.com
Ravi Electronics 153T: +91-79-65722609E: [email protected]: www.fluconautomationinc.com
Renu Electronics Pvt Ltd 48T: +91-20-27292840E: [email protected]: www.renuelectronics.com
Rexello Castors Pvt Ltd 160T: +91-22-40917777E: [email protected]: www.rexello.com
Rittal India Pvt Ltd - Eplan Div. 101T: +91-22-39527200E: [email protected]: www.eplan.in
Robin Precision Products Pvt Ltd. 187T: +91-2827-287631E: [email protected]: www.bloodtools.com
Rotomotive Powerdrives India Ltd. 46T: +91-2692-230173E: [email protected]: www.rotomotive.com
Salvagnini Machinery India Pvt Ltd 218T: +91-80-32214123E: [email protected]: www.salvangninigroup.com
Sanyo Denki Singapore Pte Ltd 191T: +91-44-42038472E: [email protected]: www.sanyodenki.com/ad/search1201
Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No
Our consistent advertisers
ADVERTISERS’ LIST
216 SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | S E P T E M B E R 2 0 1 2
Sarabsukh Enterprises 160T: +91-1871-223893E: [email protected]: www.sarabsukhmachines.com
Senor Metals Pvt Ltd 175T: +91-288-2730251E: [email protected]: www.senormetals.in
Shachi Engg Pvt Ltd 156T: +91-20-66546900E: [email protected]: www.shachiengg.com
Shailesh Sales Corporation 203T: +91-281-2461102E: [email protected]: www.shaileshmachines.com
Shree Siddhivinayak Industries 161T: +91-22-28458372E: [email protected]: www.minivacpumps.com
Siddhapura Engineering Works 169T: +91-278-2428054E: [email protected]: www.siddhapuradrills.com
Siemens Ltd 19T: +91-22-27623727E: [email protected]: www.siemens.com
SKF Group 43W: www.skf.com
Smalley Steel Ring Company 171T: +847-719-5900E: [email protected]: www.smalley.com
SNF Sales Corportation 211T: +91-09325021277E: [email protected]
Sonal Magnetics 194T: +91-79-22872349E: [email protected]: www.sonalmagnetics.com
Spareage Seals Ltd 129T: +91-22-25800972E: [email protected]: www.spareage.com
Spares & Components Co 94T: +91-22-28836879E: [email protected]: www.spco.in
Sri Vishnu Pumps Manufacturing Co 163T: +91-22-28458372E: [email protected]: www.minivacpumps.com
Strategi Automation Solutions Pvt Ltd 185T: +91-22-66926217E: [email protected]: www.strategiautomation.com
Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No
Suhner India Pvt Ltd 153T: +91-80-27831108E: [email protected]: www.suhner.com
Sumitron Exports Pvt Ltd. 49; 87; 167; 179T: +91-11-41410631E: [email protected]: www.sumitron.com
Superflex Engineers 172T: +91-09998882404E: [email protected]
Supremo Line & Control 165T: +91-79-22205282E: [email protected]: www.supremoproduct.com
Suraj Limited 177T: +91-79-27540720E: [email protected]: www.surajgroup.com
Suresh Enterprises 196T: +91-2762-224814E: [email protected]: www.sevitsil.com
Sushma Industries 41T: +91-80-28397463E: [email protected]: www.sushmaindustries.com
Synco Industries Ltd 170T: +91-291-2742077E: [email protected]: www.synco.co.in
SYP Engineering Co Pvt Ltd 118T: +91-22-28489969E: [email protected]: www.sypco.co.in
Taha Pumps & Valves 187T: +91-2752-240233E: [email protected]: www.tahapumps.com
Techno Industries 114T: +91-79-25830742E: [email protected]: www.technoind.com
Tee-Vee Tools & Engineering Industries 190T: +91-250-2023363E: [email protected]
Teknic 23T: +91-22-26592392E: [email protected]: www.tecknic.co.in
The Indian Electric Co 71T: +91-20-66865200E: [email protected]: www.indianelectric.com
Theeta Electricals Pvt Ltd 176T: +91-124-4387400E: [email protected]: www.theeta.com
Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No
Timken Engineering India Pvt Ltd 105T: +91-80-40053100E: [email protected]: www.timken.com
Tox Pressotehnik India Pvt Ltd 161T: +91-20-66538300E: [email protected]: www.tox-de.com
Trident Precision International 182T: +91-11-41425326E: [email protected]: www.trident-precision.com
Trident Products Pvt Ltd 166T: +91-124-4300626E: [email protected]: www.hydrauliccylinder.co.in
Tussor Machine Tools Ind P Ltd 27T: +91-422-3200183E: [email protected]: www.pinachoindia.com
Tyrolit India Superabrasive Pvt. Ltd 111T: +91-80-40953259E: [email protected]: www.tylolit.com
Udeyraj Electricals Pvt Ltd 185T: +91-22-66916181E: [email protected]: www.udeyraj.com
Unipunch Toolings Pvt Ltd 172T: +91-44-26253436E: [email protected]: www.fabmachinesindia.com
UNP Polyvalves India Pvt Ltd 55T: +91-265-2649248E: [email protected]: www.polyvalve.com
Vacunair Engineering Co Pvt Ltd 157T: +91-79-22910771E: [email protected]: www.vacunair.com
Vadodara Chamber Of Commerce & Indus. 22T: +91-265-2642291E: [email protected]: www.vcciexpo.org
Weldor Engineering Pvt Ltd 186T: +91-281-2360242E: [email protected]: www.weldor.com
Wendt India Ltd 125T: +91-4344-405500E: [email protected]: www.wendtgroup.com
Western Material Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. 195T: +86-21-5876-1508E: [email protected]: www.wmt-china.cn
Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details Pg No
Our consistent advertisers
220
Vo
l 15 No
09
Sep
temb
er 2012
RNI No: 67827 /98 Postal Regd No G 2 / NMD / 81 / 2011 -13Posted at Mumbai PatrikaChannel Sorting Office- GPO, Mumbai 400 001
on 22nd & 23rd of Every Previous Month Date Of Publication: 18th of Every Month
RNI No: 67827 / 98 Licensed to Post without prepayment License No: WPP - 246Postal Regd No: KA / BG GPO / 2564 / 2011-13Posted at MBC, Bangalore GPO on 25th & 26th of Every Previous MonthDate of Publication: 18th of Every Month.